1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17382 1892))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
71 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
77 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
82 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
83 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
88 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
91 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
96 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
97 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
99 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
100 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
102 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
105 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
107 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
108 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
110 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
111 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
113 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
114 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
115 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
116 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
117 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
120 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
122 If you use find-file.el:
123 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
124 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
125 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
126 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
127 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
129 If you use ada-xref.el:
130 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
131 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
132 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
143 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
149 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
150 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
153 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
154 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
155 Completion is available.
157 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
161 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
162 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
163 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
164 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
165 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17352 9346))
166 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
168 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
169 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
170 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
171 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
173 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
175 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
176 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
177 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
181 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
182 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
183 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
184 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
185 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
186 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
188 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
190 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
191 Prompt for a change log name.
195 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
196 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
198 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
199 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
200 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
201 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
203 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
204 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
205 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
207 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
208 current buffer to the complete file name.
209 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
211 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
213 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
214 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
215 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
216 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
218 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
219 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
221 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
223 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
224 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
225 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
227 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
228 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
231 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
232 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
235 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
236 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
238 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
240 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
241 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
242 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
243 the change log file in another window.
245 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
246 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
248 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
249 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
250 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
251 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
252 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
253 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
254 \\{change-log-mode-map}
258 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
259 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
261 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
262 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
264 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
268 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
270 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
271 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
273 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
274 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
275 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
276 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
277 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
279 Has a preference of looking backwards.
283 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
284 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
285 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
286 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
289 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
290 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
292 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
294 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
295 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
302 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17383
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
330 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
331 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
332 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
333 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
334 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
335 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
336 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
337 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
338 will be overwritten with the new one.
339 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
340 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
341 will clear the cache.
343 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
345 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
346 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
347 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
349 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
350 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
353 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
354 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
355 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
356 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
357 see also `ad-add-advice'.
358 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
359 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
360 before/around/after-advices will be used.
361 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
362 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
363 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
364 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
365 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
366 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
368 Semantics of the various flags:
369 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
370 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
371 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
373 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
374 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
376 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
377 advised function should be compiled.
379 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
380 during activation until somebody enables it.
382 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
383 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
384 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
385 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
387 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
388 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
389 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
390 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
391 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
394 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
396 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
400 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
401 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
402 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17383 24123))
403 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
405 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
406 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
407 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
408 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
409 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
410 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
411 rule's `separate' attribute).
413 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
414 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
415 `separate' attribute set.
417 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
418 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
419 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
420 on the format of these lists.
422 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
424 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
425 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
426 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
427 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
428 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
429 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
430 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
431 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
432 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
433 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
436 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
437 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
441 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
444 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
445 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
446 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
448 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
450 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
451 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
452 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
453 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
454 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
457 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
460 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
461 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
462 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
463 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
464 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
465 been used to align that section.
467 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
469 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
471 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
472 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
473 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
474 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
477 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
479 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
480 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
484 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
485 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
491 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (17431 34439))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
496 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
499 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
500 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
502 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
503 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
504 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
505 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
506 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
509 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
511 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
512 - integral outline exposure-layout
513 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
514 - automatic topic-number maintenance
515 - easy topic encryption and decryption
516 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
517 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
519 and many other features.
521 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
522 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
523 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
524 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
525 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
528 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
529 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
531 Navigation: Exposure Control:
532 ---------- ----------------
533 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
534 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
535 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
536 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
537 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
538 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
539 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
541 Topic Header Production:
542 -----------------------
543 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
544 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
545 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
547 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
548 ---------------------------------
549 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
550 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
551 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
553 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
554 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
555 alternated according to nesting depth.
556 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
557 offspring are not affected. With repeat
558 count, revoke numbering.
560 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
561 ----------------------------------
562 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
563 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
564 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
565 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
566 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
567 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
569 Topic-oriented Encryption:
570 -------------------------
571 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
575 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
576 and establish a default file-var setting
578 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
579 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
580 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
581 buffer with name derived from derived from that
582 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
583 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
584 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
585 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
587 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
592 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
593 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
594 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
595 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
596 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
597 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
598 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
599 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
600 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
601 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
603 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
604 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
608 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
609 navigation and exposure control.
611 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
612 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
613 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
614 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
615 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
617 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
618 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
619 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
620 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
621 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
623 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
624 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
625 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
626 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
630 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
632 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
633 contain and be contained by other topics.
635 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
636 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
637 containment. Also called the:
638 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
641 The topics that contain a topic.
642 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
645 The topics contained by a topic;
647 An immediate offspring of a topic;
649 The immediate offspring of a topic.
651 Topics having the same parent and depth.
653 Topic text constituents:
655 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
657 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
658 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
659 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
660 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
661 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
663 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
666 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
667 It can be customized by changing the setting of
668 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
670 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
671 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
672 program code without interfering with the language processing
673 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
674 docstring for more detail.
676 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
677 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
678 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
679 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
680 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
681 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
682 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
684 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
689 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
690 of its offspring and contained text.
692 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
693 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
695 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
696 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
697 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
699 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
701 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
703 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
704 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
706 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
707 setup for auto-startup.
709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
713 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
714 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17383 13296))
715 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
717 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
719 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
720 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
721 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
722 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
723 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
724 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
726 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
728 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
731 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
735 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
736 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17382 1892))
737 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
739 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
740 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
741 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
742 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
743 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
744 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
745 in the current window.
747 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
749 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
750 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
751 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
753 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
755 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
756 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
757 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
759 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
763 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
764 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17383 24123))
765 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
767 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
768 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
772 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
773 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
775 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
776 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
777 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
778 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
780 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
781 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
783 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
785 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
789 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
790 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17388 22063))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
793 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
794 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
795 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
796 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
797 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
800 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
801 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
802 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
805 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
806 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
807 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
808 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
812 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
813 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
818 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
819 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
820 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
826 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
827 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
828 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
829 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17403 28563))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
832 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
833 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
834 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
835 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
837 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
839 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
840 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
844 (defvar appt-audible t "\
845 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
847 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
849 (defvar appt-visible t "\
850 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
851 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
853 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
855 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
856 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
857 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
859 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
861 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
862 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
863 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
865 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
867 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
868 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
869 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
871 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
873 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
874 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
875 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
877 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
879 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
880 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
881 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
883 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
885 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
886 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
890 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
891 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
892 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
893 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
894 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
895 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
896 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
898 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
901 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
902 appointment package (if it is not already active).
906 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
907 Toggle checking of appointments.
908 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
909 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
915 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
916 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
917 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17443 62455))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
920 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
921 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
922 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
923 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
925 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
926 kind of objects to search.
928 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
930 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
931 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
932 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
933 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
934 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
935 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
937 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
940 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
942 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
944 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
945 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
946 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
947 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
948 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
949 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
951 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
952 noninteractive functions.
954 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
955 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
957 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
958 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
960 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
962 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
963 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
965 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
967 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
968 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
969 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
970 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
978 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
980 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
982 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
984 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
985 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
992 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
993 Returns list of symbols and values found.
995 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
997 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
998 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
999 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1000 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1001 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1002 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1005 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1007 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1009 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1013 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17422
1015 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1017 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1019 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1020 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1021 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1022 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1024 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1025 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1028 \\{archive-mode-map}
1030 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 48216))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1037 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1038 Major mode for editing arrays.
1040 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1041 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1042 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1044 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1046 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1047 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1048 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1050 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1051 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1052 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1053 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1056 Variables you assign:
1057 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1058 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1059 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1060 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1061 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1062 row numbers in the buffer.
1064 Variables which are calculated:
1065 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1066 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1068 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1069 take a numeric prefix argument):
1071 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1072 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1073 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1074 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1076 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1077 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1078 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1079 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1081 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1082 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1083 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1084 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1086 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1087 between that of point and mark.
1089 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1090 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1092 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1093 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1094 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1095 newlines inside rows)
1097 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1099 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17383
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1109 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1110 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1111 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1112 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1114 How to quit artist mode
1116 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1119 How to submit a bug report
1121 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1124 Drawing with the mouse:
1127 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1128 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1132 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1135 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1136 --------------------------------------------------------------
1137 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1139 --------------------------------------------------------------
1140 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1141 --------------------------------------------------------------
1142 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1143 --------------------------------------------------------------
1144 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1145 --------------------------------------------------------------
1146 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1147 --------------------------------------------------------------
1148 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1149 --------------------------------------------------------------
1150 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1151 --------------------------------------------------------------
1152 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1153 --------------------------------------------------------------
1154 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1156 --------------------------------------------------------------
1157 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1158 --------------------------------------------------------------
1159 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1160 --------------------------------------------------------------
1162 --------------------------------------------------------------
1163 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1164 --------------------------------------------------------------
1166 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1169 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1170 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1171 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1172 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1175 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1176 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1177 overwrite means the opposite.
1179 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1180 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1181 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1183 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1185 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1186 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1188 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1189 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1190 are currently drawing something.
1192 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1196 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1197 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1202 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1204 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1206 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1208 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1210 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1211 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1213 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1218 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1219 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1220 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1221 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1222 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1223 When pasting: Pastes
1225 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1227 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1229 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1230 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1231 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1232 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1233 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1234 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1239 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1240 of the line/poly-line
1242 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1243 of the line/poly-line
1248 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1250 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1251 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1252 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1253 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1254 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1255 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1256 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1257 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1258 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1259 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1260 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1261 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1262 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1263 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1264 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1265 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1266 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1267 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1268 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1269 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1274 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1275 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1277 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1278 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1279 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1280 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1281 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1282 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1283 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1284 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1285 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1286 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1287 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1288 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1289 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1290 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1291 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1292 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1293 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1294 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1295 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1299 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1300 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1307 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1311 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17388
1313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1315 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1316 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1317 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1319 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1320 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1321 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1322 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1324 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1325 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1327 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1328 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1330 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1339 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1340 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1341 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1343 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1346 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1348 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1349 This command is obsolete.
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1356 ;;;;;; (17383 24124))
1357 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1359 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1360 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1361 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1363 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1365 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1367 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1368 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1369 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1370 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1371 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1372 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1373 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1374 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1375 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1376 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1379 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1380 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1381 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1382 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1383 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1385 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1389 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1390 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1391 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1393 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1395 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1397 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1399 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1400 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1401 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1402 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1403 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1404 &c to supply digit arguments.
1406 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1413 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
1414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1416 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1417 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1423 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1424 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17383 24124))
1425 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1427 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1428 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1429 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1433 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1434 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1435 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1436 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1438 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1440 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1441 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1442 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1444 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1446 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1448 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1450 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1451 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1452 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1453 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1455 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1456 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1463 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1464 ;;;;;; (17410 23724))
1465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1467 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1468 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1469 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1470 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1471 save the buffer too.
1473 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1475 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1477 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1478 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1479 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1480 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1481 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1482 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1484 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1485 directory or directories specified.
1487 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1489 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1490 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1491 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1497 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1498 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1499 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17383 24124))
1500 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1502 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1503 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1505 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1506 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1507 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1508 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1509 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1513 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1514 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1516 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1517 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1521 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1522 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1523 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1525 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1526 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1527 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1528 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1529 reflected in the current buffer.
1531 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1532 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1533 writing before you save the file!
1535 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1539 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1540 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1542 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1543 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1547 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1548 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1549 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1551 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1553 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1555 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1557 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1558 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1560 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1561 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1562 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1569 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17383 24124))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1572 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1573 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1574 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1576 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1578 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1580 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1581 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1582 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1583 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1585 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1586 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1587 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1589 Effects of the different modes:
1590 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1591 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1592 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1593 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1594 a random distance & direction.
1595 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1596 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1597 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1599 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1601 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1602 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1603 definition of \"random distance\".)
1605 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1610 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
1611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1613 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1614 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1616 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1617 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1621 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1622 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1623 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1624 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1626 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1628 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1630 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1635 ;;;;;; (17427 20614))
1636 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1637 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1639 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1640 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1641 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1642 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1646 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1647 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1652 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1654 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1656 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1657 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1658 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1659 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1660 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1667 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1668 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17383 16118))
1669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1671 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1672 Time execution of FORMS.
1673 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1674 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1676 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1677 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1678 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1680 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1682 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1683 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1684 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1685 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1686 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1688 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1690 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1691 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1692 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1693 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1694 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1696 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1700 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17437
1702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1704 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1705 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1707 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1709 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1710 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1711 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1712 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1714 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1715 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1716 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1717 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1718 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1720 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1721 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1724 Special information:
1726 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1728 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1729 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1730 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1731 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1732 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1733 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1734 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1735 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1736 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1737 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1738 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1740 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1741 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1742 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1743 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1744 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1745 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1746 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1747 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1749 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1751 ----------------------------------------------------------
1752 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1753 if that value is non-nil.
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1762 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1763 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
1764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1766 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1768 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1769 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1770 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1772 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1774 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1775 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1779 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1780 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1782 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1786 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17382
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1790 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1792 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1796 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1797 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1798 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1799 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1800 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1805 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1806 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1809 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1812 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1813 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1815 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1816 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1818 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1819 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1820 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1821 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1822 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1823 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1827 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1829 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1830 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1831 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1832 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1834 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1835 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1836 denoted by the letter `R'.
1838 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1839 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1840 denoted by the letter `H'.
1842 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1845 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1846 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1847 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1848 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1849 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1850 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1853 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1854 degree deflection it causes.
1857 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1858 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1859 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1860 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1861 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1862 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1863 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1864 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1867 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1868 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1871 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1872 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1873 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1874 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1875 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1876 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1877 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1878 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1880 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1881 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1882 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1883 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1884 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1885 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1886 emerging from the box.
1888 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1893 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1894 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1895 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1896 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1897 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1899 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1906 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1907 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1908 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1909 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17383 24124))
1910 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1911 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1912 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1913 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1915 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1916 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1917 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1918 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1919 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1920 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1921 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1922 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1923 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1924 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1925 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1926 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1927 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1928 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1929 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1930 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1931 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1932 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1933 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1935 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1936 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1937 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1938 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1939 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1940 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1941 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1942 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1945 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1946 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1947 yank successive words.
1949 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1950 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1951 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1952 name of the file being visited.
1954 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1955 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1956 the list of bookmarks.)
1958 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1960 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1961 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1962 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1963 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1964 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1967 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1968 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1969 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1970 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1972 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1974 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1975 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1976 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1977 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1978 after a bookmark was set in it.
1980 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1982 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1983 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1984 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1985 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1987 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1989 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1991 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1992 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1993 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1994 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1996 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1997 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1998 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2000 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2001 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2004 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2006 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2013 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2015 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2016 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2017 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2018 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2019 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2020 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2021 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2022 probably because we were called from there.
2024 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2026 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2027 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2028 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2033 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2034 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2035 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2038 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2039 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2040 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2041 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2042 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2044 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2045 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2046 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2047 `bookmark-default-file'.
2049 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2051 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2052 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2053 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2054 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2055 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2058 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2059 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2060 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2061 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2062 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2065 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2066 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2067 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2068 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2070 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2072 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2073 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2074 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2075 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2076 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2080 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2082 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2084 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2086 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2090 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2091 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2092 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2093 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2094 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2095 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2096 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2097 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2098 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2099 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17383 13296))
2100 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2102 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2103 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2104 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2105 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2107 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2108 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2109 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2110 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2111 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2113 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2115 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2116 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2118 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2120 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2121 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2123 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2125 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2131 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2132 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2133 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2134 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2135 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2137 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2139 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2140 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2141 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2142 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2145 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2147 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2148 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2152 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2153 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2155 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2157 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2158 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2159 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2160 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2162 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2164 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2165 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2166 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2167 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2171 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2172 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2173 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2174 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2175 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2180 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2181 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2182 Default to the URL around or before point.
2184 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2185 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2186 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2187 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2189 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2190 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2192 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2193 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2194 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2196 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2198 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2199 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2200 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2201 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2203 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2204 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2205 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2206 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2208 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2209 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2210 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2212 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2213 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2215 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2217 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2218 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2219 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2220 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2222 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2223 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2224 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2225 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2227 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2228 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2229 new tab in an existing window instead.
2231 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2232 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2234 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2238 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2239 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2242 When called interactively, if variable
2243 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2244 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2245 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2246 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2248 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2249 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2250 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2252 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2253 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2255 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2256 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2257 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2258 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2259 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2260 URL in a new window.
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2267 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2269 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2270 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2271 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2272 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2274 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2275 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2276 new tab in an existing window instead.
2278 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2279 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2281 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2283 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2285 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2286 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2288 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2289 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2290 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2291 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2293 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2294 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2296 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2298 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2299 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2301 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2302 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2303 program is invoked according to the variable
2304 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2306 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2307 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2308 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2309 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2311 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2312 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2314 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2316 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2317 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2318 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2319 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2321 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2323 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2325 Default to the URL around or before point.
2327 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2328 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2329 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2331 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2332 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2333 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2334 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2337 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2341 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2343 Default to the URL around or before point.
2345 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2347 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2348 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2349 Default to the URL around or before point.
2351 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2352 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2353 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2355 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2356 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2362 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2363 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2365 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2367 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2370 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2371 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2377 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2378 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2380 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2381 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2382 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2383 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2385 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2386 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2390 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point.
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2397 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2398 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2399 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2405 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2406 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2416 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2417 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2418 don't offer a form of remote control.
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2422 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2424 Default to the URL around or before point.
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17382
2432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2434 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2435 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2439 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2440 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2446 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2447 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17395 3136))
2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2450 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2451 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2452 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2453 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2457 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2458 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2459 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2460 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2464 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2465 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2469 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2470 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2472 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2473 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2474 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2475 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2477 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2478 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2479 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2480 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2481 name of buffer configuration.
2487 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2488 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17383
2490 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2492 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2493 Keymap used by buttons.")
2495 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2496 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2497 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2499 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2500 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2501 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2502 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2503 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2504 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2506 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2507 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2508 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2509 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2511 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2513 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2514 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2515 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2516 specifying properties to add to the button.
2517 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2518 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2519 `define-button-type'.
2521 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2523 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2525 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2526 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2527 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2528 specifying properties to add to the button.
2529 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2530 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2531 `define-button-type'.
2533 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2535 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2537 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2538 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2539 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2540 specifying properties to add to the button.
2541 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2542 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2543 `define-button-type'.
2545 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2546 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2547 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2550 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2552 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2554 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2555 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2556 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2557 specifying properties to add to the button.
2558 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2559 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2560 `define-button-type'.
2562 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2563 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2564 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2565 `insert-text-button'.
2567 Also see `make-text-button'.
2569 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2573 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2574 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2575 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2576 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2577 ;;;;;; (17351 57359))
2578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2580 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2581 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2582 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2584 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2586 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2587 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2588 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2589 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2591 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2592 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2593 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2594 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2595 whether to compile it.
2597 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2599 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2600 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2602 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2604 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2605 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2606 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2607 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2608 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2610 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2612 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2613 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2614 Print the result in the echo area.
2615 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2619 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2620 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2621 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2623 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2625 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2626 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2627 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2628 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2629 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2630 all functions called by those functions.
2632 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2633 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2636 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2637 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2638 invoked interactively.
2640 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2642 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2643 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2644 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2645 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2649 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2650 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2651 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2652 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2653 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2654 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2655 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2658 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2660 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2661 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2662 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2663 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2665 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2666 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2667 and corresponding effects.
2669 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17385 41891))
2674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2676 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2678 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2682 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2683 ;;;;;; (17385 41891))
2684 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2686 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2687 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2688 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2689 from the cursor position.
2691 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2695 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2696 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2697 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2698 ;;;;;; (17382 10215))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2701 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2702 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2704 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2705 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2707 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2708 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2713 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2715 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2717 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2720 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2722 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2723 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2727 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2728 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2729 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2730 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2732 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2734 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2735 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2736 This is most useful in the X window system.
2737 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2738 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2740 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2742 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2743 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2744 See calc-keypad for details.
2746 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2748 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2749 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2751 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2753 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2754 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2756 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2758 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2759 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2761 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2763 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2764 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2765 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2767 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2769 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2772 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2776 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17383
2778 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2780 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2781 Run the Emacs calculator.
2782 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2788 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2789 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2790 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2791 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2792 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2793 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2794 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2795 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2796 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2797 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2798 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2799 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2800 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2801 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2802 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2803 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2804 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2805 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17425 13433))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2808 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2809 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2810 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2811 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2814 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2816 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2817 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2818 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2819 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2820 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2821 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2823 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2825 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2826 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2827 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2829 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2831 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2832 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2833 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2835 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2837 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2838 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2839 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2842 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2844 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2845 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2846 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2848 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2850 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2851 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2852 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2854 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2856 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2858 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2859 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2860 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2862 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2865 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2867 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2868 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2869 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2871 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2874 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2876 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2877 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2878 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2880 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2883 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2885 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2886 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2887 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2889 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2891 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2892 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2893 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2894 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2895 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2897 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2899 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2900 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2901 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2902 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2903 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2904 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2905 a function is also provided for this:
2906 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2908 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2909 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2910 date is not visible in the window.
2912 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2913 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2914 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2916 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2918 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2919 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2921 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2922 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2923 date is visible in the window.
2925 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2926 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2927 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2929 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2931 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2932 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2936 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2938 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2940 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2942 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2943 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2945 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2946 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2954 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2955 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2956 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2957 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2958 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2959 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2960 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2961 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2962 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2963 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2964 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2965 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2968 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2969 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2970 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2971 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2979 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2980 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2982 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2983 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2984 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2985 window but will appear in a diary window.
2987 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2988 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2990 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2991 entries (in the default American style):
2993 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2994 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2995 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2997 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2998 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2999 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3000 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3001 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3002 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3003 &* 15 time cards due.
3005 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3006 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3007 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3011 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3012 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3013 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3014 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3015 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3016 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3018 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3019 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3020 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3022 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3024 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3026 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3027 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3028 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3029 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3030 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3031 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3032 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3033 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3034 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3035 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3038 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3039 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3040 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3041 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3042 documentation for these functions for details.
3044 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3045 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3047 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3049 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3050 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3052 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3054 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3055 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3057 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3059 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3060 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3062 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3064 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3065 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3067 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3069 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3070 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3071 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3073 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3075 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3076 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3077 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3079 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3081 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3082 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3083 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3084 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3087 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3089 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3090 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3091 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3092 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3101 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3102 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3103 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3104 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3105 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3106 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3108 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3110 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3111 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3112 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3114 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3116 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3117 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3118 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3120 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3122 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3123 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3124 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3126 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3128 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3129 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3130 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3132 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3134 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3135 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3136 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3137 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3138 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3139 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3141 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3143 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3144 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3145 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3147 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3148 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3149 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3152 #include \"filename\"
3154 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3155 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3156 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3157 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3158 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3160 For example, you could use
3162 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3163 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3164 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3166 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3167 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3168 lexicographic order.")
3170 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3172 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3173 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3174 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3176 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3178 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3179 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3180 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3183 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3184 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3185 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3186 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3187 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3188 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3189 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3191 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3192 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3193 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3194 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3195 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3196 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3197 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3198 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3200 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3202 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3203 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3204 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3205 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3206 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3207 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3208 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3210 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3212 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3213 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3215 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3216 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3217 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3219 #include \"filename\"
3220 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3221 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3222 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3223 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3224 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3226 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3228 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3229 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3230 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3231 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3232 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3233 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3234 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3236 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3238 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3239 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3240 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3243 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3245 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3246 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3247 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3248 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3249 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3251 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3253 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3255 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3256 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3257 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3259 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3261 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3263 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3265 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3267 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3269 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3271 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3273 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3275 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3277 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3279 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3280 User defined holidays.
3281 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3283 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3285 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3287 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3289 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3291 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3293 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3295 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3297 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3299 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3301 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3303 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3305 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3307 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3309 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3311 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3313 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3315 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3317 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3319 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3321 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3323 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3325 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3327 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3329 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3331 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3333 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3335 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3336 Sun-related holidays.
3337 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3339 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3341 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3343 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3344 The frame setup of the calendar.
3345 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3346 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3347 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3348 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3349 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3351 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3353 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3354 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3355 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3357 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3358 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3362 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3363 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3364 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3366 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3367 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3368 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3369 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3371 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3376 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17382 1052))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3379 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3380 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3382 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3384 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3385 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3386 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3389 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3393 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3394 ;;;;;; (17407 10030))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3397 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3398 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3404 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3405 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3406 ;;;;;; (17407 10030))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3409 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3410 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3411 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3412 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3413 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3414 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3415 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3417 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3419 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3420 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3422 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3423 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3424 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3425 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3428 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3429 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3430 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3431 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3432 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3433 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3435 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3437 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3438 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3445 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3446 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3448 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3449 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3450 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3451 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3452 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3453 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3456 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3458 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3459 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3466 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3467 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3468 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3470 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3471 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3472 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3473 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3474 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3475 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3478 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3480 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3481 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3488 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3489 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3490 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3492 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3493 Major mode for editing Java code.
3494 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3495 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3496 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3497 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3500 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3502 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3503 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3510 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3511 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3512 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3514 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3515 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3516 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3517 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3518 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3519 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3522 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3524 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3525 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3532 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3533 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3537 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3538 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3539 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3540 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3541 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3542 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3545 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3547 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3548 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3555 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3556 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3557 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3558 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3559 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3563 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3564 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17407 10030))
3565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3567 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3568 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3569 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3570 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3572 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3574 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3575 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3578 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3579 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3580 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3581 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3584 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3585 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3586 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3587 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3590 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3592 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3593 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3594 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3595 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3597 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3599 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3600 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3601 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3603 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3605 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3606 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3607 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3608 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3609 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3611 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17388
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3618 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3622 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3623 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3624 ;;;;;; (17102 18708))
3625 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3627 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3628 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3630 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3632 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3633 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3635 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3637 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3638 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3640 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3641 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3642 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3643 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3646 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3648 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3650 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3651 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3653 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3654 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3658 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3659 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3660 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3661 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3662 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3665 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3666 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3667 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3668 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3670 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3671 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3674 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3676 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3678 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3681 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3682 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3684 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3685 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3686 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3689 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3691 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3692 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3693 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3695 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3697 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3699 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3700 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3702 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3706 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3708 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3710 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3711 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3714 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3715 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3718 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3720 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3721 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3722 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3723 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3724 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3725 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3726 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3727 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3728 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3729 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3730 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3731 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3732 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3733 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3734 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3735 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3738 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3739 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3741 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3742 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3744 | (write EXPRESSION)
3745 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3746 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3749 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3752 ;; Same as: (write string)
3754 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3755 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3756 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3759 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3760 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3761 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3762 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3763 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3764 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3766 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3767 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3769 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3772 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3773 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3774 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3776 ARG := REG | integer
3779 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3782 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3785 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3788 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3789 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3792 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3793 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3794 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3797 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3798 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3799 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3802 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3803 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3805 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3806 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3807 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3810 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3811 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3814 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3815 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3817 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3820 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3824 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3825 ;; Same meaning as C code
3826 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3828 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3833 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3834 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3837 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3838 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3842 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3846 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3847 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3848 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3850 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3851 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3852 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3854 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3855 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3856 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3857 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3858 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3861 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3863 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3864 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3865 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3866 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3867 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3868 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3870 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3872 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3873 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3874 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3876 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3878 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3882 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3883 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
3884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3886 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3887 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3888 There are no special keybindings by default.
3890 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3891 to the action header.
3897 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3898 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3899 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3900 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3901 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3902 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3903 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3904 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3905 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
3906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3908 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3909 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3910 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3911 the users will view as each check is completed.
3915 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3916 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3917 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3918 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3919 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3920 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3921 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3922 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3924 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3926 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3927 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3928 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3929 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3930 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3931 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3932 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3933 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3935 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3938 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3939 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3940 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3941 spacing are all verified.
3945 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3947 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3948 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3949 otherwise stop after the first error.
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3954 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3955 Only documentation strings are checked.
3956 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3957 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3960 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3962 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3963 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3964 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3965 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3966 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3968 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3970 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3971 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3972 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3973 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3976 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3978 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3979 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3980 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3981 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3983 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3985 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3989 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3991 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3993 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3994 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3995 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3996 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3997 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4002 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4003 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4004 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4005 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4006 space at the end of each line.
4008 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4010 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4011 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4012 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4013 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4015 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4019 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4020 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4022 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4024 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4025 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4026 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4027 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4029 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4031 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4032 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4033 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4034 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4036 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4038 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4039 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4040 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4041 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4043 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4047 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4048 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4050 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4052 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4053 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4054 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4055 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4057 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4060 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4061 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4062 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4064 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4067 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4068 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4069 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4071 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4075 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4077 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4078 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4079 checking of documentation strings.
4081 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4087 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4088 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17246
4090 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4092 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4093 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4094 Return the length of resulting text.
4096 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4098 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4099 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4103 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4104 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4105 Return the length of resulting text.
4107 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4109 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4110 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4117 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17383 24124))
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4120 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4121 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4122 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4123 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4124 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4125 editing and the result is evaluated.
4127 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4129 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4130 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4131 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4132 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4133 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4135 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4139 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4140 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4141 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4142 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4143 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4145 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4146 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4147 \\{command-history-map}
4149 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4150 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17383 16118))
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4159 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4160 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4161 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4162 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4163 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4164 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4166 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4167 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4171 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4172 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
4173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4175 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4178 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4182 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4183 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
4184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4186 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4187 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4188 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4189 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4191 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4192 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4193 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4194 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4196 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4197 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4199 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17383
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4207 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4208 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4209 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4210 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4211 of `scheme-program-name').
4212 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4213 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4214 discards input when it starts up.
4215 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4217 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4220 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4224 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4225 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4226 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17239 32321))
4227 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4229 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4230 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4231 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4234 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4235 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4236 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4237 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4239 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4241 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4242 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4243 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4245 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4247 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4248 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4249 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4251 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4253 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4254 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4255 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4257 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4259 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4260 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4262 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4263 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4264 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4266 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4267 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4271 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4272 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4274 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4275 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4276 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4278 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4282 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4283 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4284 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4285 ;;;;;; (17447 42828))
4286 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4288 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4289 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4290 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4291 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4292 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4293 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4294 functions have already modified the buffer.
4296 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4298 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4299 either globally or locally.")
4301 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4303 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4304 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4305 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4306 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4307 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4308 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4309 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4310 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4312 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4314 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4316 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4317 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4318 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4319 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4320 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4321 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4322 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4323 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4325 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4327 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4329 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4330 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4331 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4332 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4333 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4334 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4336 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4338 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4339 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4340 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4341 directory tracking functions.")
4343 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4344 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4345 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4347 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4349 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4351 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4352 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4353 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4355 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4357 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4359 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4360 Send COMMAND to current process.
4361 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4362 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4364 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4366 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4367 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4368 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4369 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4371 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4375 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17406
4377 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4379 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4380 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4381 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4382 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4384 This command pushes the mark in each window
4385 at the prior location of point in that window.
4386 If both windows display the same buffer,
4387 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4388 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4390 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4391 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4392 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4393 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4394 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4395 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4396 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4399 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4400 this command work in interlaced mode:
4401 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4402 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4403 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4405 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4409 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4410 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4411 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4412 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4413 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17388 22062))
4414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4416 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4417 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4419 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4421 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4422 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4424 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4426 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4427 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4428 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4429 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4430 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4431 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4432 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4434 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4435 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4436 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4437 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4438 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4440 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4441 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4442 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4443 describing how the process finished.")
4445 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4446 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4447 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4448 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4450 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4451 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4452 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4454 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4456 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4457 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4458 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4459 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4461 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4463 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4464 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4466 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4467 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4469 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4471 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4472 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4473 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4474 (concat \"make -k \"
4475 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4477 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4479 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4480 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4481 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4482 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4484 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4486 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4487 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4488 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4489 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4491 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4492 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4494 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4495 and move to the source code that caused it.
4497 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4498 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4499 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4500 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4502 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4503 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4504 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4505 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4508 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4509 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4510 to a function that generates a unique name.
4512 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4514 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4515 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4516 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4517 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4519 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4520 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4521 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4522 to determine the buffer name.
4524 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4525 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4526 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4528 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4530 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4532 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4533 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4534 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4535 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4536 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4538 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4540 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4542 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4544 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4545 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4546 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4547 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4548 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4549 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4550 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4554 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4555 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4556 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4557 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4558 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4559 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4563 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4564 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4565 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4567 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4569 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4573 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4574 ;;;;;; (17420 38637))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4577 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4578 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4579 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4581 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4583 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4585 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4587 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4588 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4589 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4591 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4592 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4593 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4594 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4596 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4597 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4598 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4599 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4601 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4602 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4603 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4604 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4606 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4607 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4608 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4609 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4610 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4616 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4617 ;;;;;; (17383 24124))
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4620 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4621 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4622 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4624 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4626 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4628 (put (quote dynamic-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4630 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4631 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4637 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4638 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4639 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4640 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17318 56743))
4641 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4643 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4644 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4645 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4646 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4649 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4651 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4652 | | 1:tc or top-center
4653 | | 2:tr or top-right
4654 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4655 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4656 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4657 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4658 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4659 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4661 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4662 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4663 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4664 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4667 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4668 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4669 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4671 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4675 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4679 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4682 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4683 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4684 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4685 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4687 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4689 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4690 Compose characters in the current region.
4692 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4693 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4695 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4697 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4698 specifying the region.
4700 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4701 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4702 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4704 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4705 of the text in the region.
4707 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4709 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4710 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4711 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4712 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4714 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4715 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4718 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4719 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4720 text in the composition.
4722 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4724 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4725 Decompose text in the current region.
4727 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4728 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4732 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4733 Compose characters in string STRING.
4735 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4736 the characters in it.
4738 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4739 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4740 STRING respectively.
4742 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4743 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4744 `compose-region' for more detail.
4746 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4747 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4748 text in the composition.
4750 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4752 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4753 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4755 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4757 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4758 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4759 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4760 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4761 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4762 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4763 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4764 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4766 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4768 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4769 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4771 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4772 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4774 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4775 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4777 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4778 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4780 If no composition is found, return nil.
4782 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4783 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4785 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4786 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4787 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4789 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4791 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4793 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4794 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4795 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4797 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4799 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4801 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4803 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4804 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4806 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4807 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4808 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4809 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4810 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4811 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4812 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4815 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4817 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4818 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4820 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4822 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4823 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4825 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4827 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4829 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4830 Compose last characters.
4831 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4832 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4833 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4834 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4835 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4836 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4837 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4838 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4839 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4840 after a sequence of character events.
4843 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4845 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4846 Convert CHAR to string.
4848 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4849 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4850 vector of CHAR respectively.
4851 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4853 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4855 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4859 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4860 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4861 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17383 15658))
4862 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4864 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4865 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4866 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4867 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4868 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4869 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4870 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4872 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4873 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4874 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4876 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4877 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4878 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4880 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4881 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4882 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4883 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4885 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4886 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4887 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4888 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4889 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4890 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4891 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4897 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4898 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4899 Comments start with `#'.
4900 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4902 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4912 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4913 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4914 Comments start with `;'.
4915 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4917 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4919 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4920 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4921 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4923 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4924 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4928 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4929 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4930 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4931 between `/*' and `*/'.
4932 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4934 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4935 // another kind of comment
4947 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4948 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4949 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4950 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4951 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4952 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4955 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4957 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4959 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4963 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4965 # Standard multimedia devices
4966 add /dev/audio desktop
4967 add /dev/mixer desktop
4971 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4972 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4973 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4974 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4976 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4978 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4979 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4983 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4984 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4985 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4986 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4988 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4990 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4991 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4995 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4996 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4997 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4998 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5000 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5009 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5010 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17382 1892))
5011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5013 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5014 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5015 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5016 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5018 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5020 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5021 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5022 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5023 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5025 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5027 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5028 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5029 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5030 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5032 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5034 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5035 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5037 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5041 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5042 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17383 16118))
5043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5045 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5046 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5047 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5048 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5049 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5050 following the copyright are updated as well.
5051 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5054 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5056 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5057 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5058 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5062 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5063 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5065 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5069 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5070 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
5071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5073 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5074 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5075 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5076 Tab indents for Perl code.
5077 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5078 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5080 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5081 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5082 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5083 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5084 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5085 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5086 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5087 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5088 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5089 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5090 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5091 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5093 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5095 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5096 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5098 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5100 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5101 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5102 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5103 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5104 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5105 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5106 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5107 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5108 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5110 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5114 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5115 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5116 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5119 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5120 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5121 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5123 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5125 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5126 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5127 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5128 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5129 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5131 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5141 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5142 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5143 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5144 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5145 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5146 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5147 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5148 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5149 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5150 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5151 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5152 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5153 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5155 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5156 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5157 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5158 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5159 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5160 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5162 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5163 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5166 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5167 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5168 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5169 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5170 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5172 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5173 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5174 span the needed amount of lines.
5176 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5177 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5178 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5179 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5181 Variables controlling indentation style:
5182 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5183 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5184 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5185 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5186 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5187 `cperl-auto-newline'
5188 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5189 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5190 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5191 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5192 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5193 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5194 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5195 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5196 `cperl-indent-level'
5197 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5198 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5199 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5200 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5201 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5202 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5203 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5204 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5205 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5206 `cperl-brace-offset'
5207 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5208 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5209 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5210 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5211 `cperl-label-offset'
5212 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5213 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5214 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5216 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5217 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5218 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5219 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5220 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5222 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5223 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5224 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5225 \(both available from menu).
5227 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5228 column 0 is indented on
5229 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5231 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5234 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5235 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5236 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5242 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5243 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
5244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5246 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5247 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5248 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5249 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5250 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5254 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5255 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5261 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5262 ;;;;;; (17383 13536))
5263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5265 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5266 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5267 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5268 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5271 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5273 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5275 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5276 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5277 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5281 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5285 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5286 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
5287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5289 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5290 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5291 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5292 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5294 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5295 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5296 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5297 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5299 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5300 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5301 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5303 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5304 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5307 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5308 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5309 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5311 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5313 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5314 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5315 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5317 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5322 ;;;;;; (17444 38116))
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5325 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5326 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5327 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5329 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5331 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5333 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5335 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5336 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5337 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5338 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5339 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5341 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5342 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5343 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5344 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5345 function of these prefix keys.
5347 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5348 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5350 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5351 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5352 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5354 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5355 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5356 the prefix fallback behavior.
5358 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5359 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5360 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5361 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5365 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5366 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5369 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5370 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5371 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5372 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5373 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5374 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5375 (if user-init-file (concat
5376 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5377 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5381 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5382 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5383 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5384 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5385 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5386 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5387 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5388 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5389 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17440 11610))
5390 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5391 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5393 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5394 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5396 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5397 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5399 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5400 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5402 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5404 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5406 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5407 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5408 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5410 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5411 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5413 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5414 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5416 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5417 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5419 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5420 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5422 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5424 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5426 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5427 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5430 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5431 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5433 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5434 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5436 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5437 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5439 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5440 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5442 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5444 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5446 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5447 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5448 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5449 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5450 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5454 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5455 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5456 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5457 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5461 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5462 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5466 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5467 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5471 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5473 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5474 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5476 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5478 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5480 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5481 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5482 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5484 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5486 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5488 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5489 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5490 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5491 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5492 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5494 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5495 that were added or redefined since that version.
5497 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5499 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5500 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5501 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5502 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5504 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5505 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5507 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5509 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5510 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5511 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5513 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5514 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5516 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5518 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5519 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5523 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5524 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5528 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5529 Customize all already saved user options.
5533 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5534 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5535 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5536 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5537 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5538 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5539 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5540 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5542 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5544 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5545 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5546 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5547 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5549 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5551 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5552 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5554 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5556 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5557 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5559 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5561 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5562 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5563 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5564 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5565 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5568 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5570 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5571 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5572 The result includes selecting that window.
5573 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5574 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5575 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5578 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5580 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5581 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5583 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5585 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5586 File used for storing customization information.
5587 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5588 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5589 it should be an absolute file name.
5591 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5592 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5593 something like the following in your init file:
5595 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5598 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5599 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5601 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5602 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5603 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5604 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5605 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5607 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5608 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5609 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5610 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5611 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5612 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5613 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5614 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5615 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5616 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5618 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5620 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5621 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5625 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5626 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5630 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5631 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5632 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5634 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5636 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5638 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5639 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5640 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5642 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5646 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5647 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17383 24124))
5648 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5650 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5651 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5653 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5655 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5656 Alist of face attributes.
5658 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5659 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5660 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5661 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5662 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5663 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5665 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5666 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5667 customization type TYPE).
5669 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5670 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5671 given face attribute.")
5673 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5674 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5675 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5676 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5678 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5680 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5681 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5682 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5683 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5684 between themes and faces.
5685 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5687 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5688 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5690 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5692 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5693 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5694 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5698 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5700 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5702 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5703 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5704 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5706 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5710 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5712 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5716 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5717 ;;;;;; (17394 38146))
5718 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5720 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5721 Create a custom theme.
5727 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5728 ;;;;;; (17383 24124))
5729 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5731 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5732 Mode used for cvs status output.
5738 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5739 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17388 22062))
5740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5742 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5743 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5745 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5746 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5747 C++ modes are included.
5749 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5753 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5756 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5757 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5761 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5762 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5763 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5765 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5767 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5769 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5771 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5772 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5773 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5774 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5775 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5781 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5782 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5783 ;;;;;; (17102 18767))
5784 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5786 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5787 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5789 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5791 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5792 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5794 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5796 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5797 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5798 For readability, the table is slightly
5799 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5801 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5802 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5803 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5804 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5805 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5807 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5812 ;;;;;; (17383 24124))
5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5814 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5815 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5817 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5818 Completion on current word.
5819 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5820 and presents suggestions for completion.
5822 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5823 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5826 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5827 then it searches *all* buffers.
5829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5831 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5832 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5834 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5835 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5836 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5837 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5838 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5840 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5841 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5843 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5844 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5845 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5847 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5848 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5850 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17388
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5860 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5861 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5863 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5864 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5865 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5867 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5868 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5869 Data lines are not indented.
5874 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5876 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5877 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5878 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5879 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5881 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5884 Extra indentation within blocks.
5886 dcl-continuation-offset
5887 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5890 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5892 dcl-margin-label-offset
5893 Indentation for a label.
5895 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5896 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5898 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5899 dcl-block-end-regexp
5900 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5901 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5902 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5903 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5904 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5906 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5907 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5908 Two such functions are included in the package:
5909 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5910 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5912 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5913 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5914 One such function is included in the package:
5915 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5917 dcl-tab-always-indent
5918 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5919 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5922 dcl-electric-characters
5923 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5926 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5927 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5928 which words trigger electric indentation.
5931 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5932 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5933 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5935 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5936 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5937 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5938 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5940 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5941 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5942 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5943 dcl-imenu-label-call
5944 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5946 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5947 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5948 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5949 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5952 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5954 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5955 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5956 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5958 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5959 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5963 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5964 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5965 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5966 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5967 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5968 \"lined up with the command line\"
5970 Data lines are not indented at all.
5971 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5976 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5977 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5983 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5984 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17438 13119))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5987 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5989 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5990 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5991 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5994 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5995 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5996 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5998 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6000 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6001 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6003 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6005 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6006 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6007 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6008 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6009 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6010 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6012 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6013 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6015 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6017 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6018 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6019 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6020 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6021 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6023 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6027 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6028 ;;;;;; (17382 1892))
6029 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6031 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6032 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6036 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6037 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6038 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6039 Upper-case letters are commands.
6041 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6044 The most useful commands are:
6045 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6046 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6047 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6048 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6049 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6050 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6056 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6057 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17383
6059 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6061 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6062 Customization of `columns' group.
6066 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6067 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6069 START and END delimits the text region.
6071 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6073 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6074 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6076 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6082 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17388
6084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6086 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6087 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6088 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6089 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6090 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6091 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6093 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6097 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6098 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6099 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6100 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6101 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6102 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6103 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6104 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6105 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6106 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6107 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6108 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6110 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6111 Directories to search when finding external units.
6112 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6113 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6117 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6118 Face used to color delphi comments.
6119 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6120 Face used to color delphi strings.
6121 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6122 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6123 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6124 Face used to color everything else.
6126 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6127 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6129 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6133 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17383
6135 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6137 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6139 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6140 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6141 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6143 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6145 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6147 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6149 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6150 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6151 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6154 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6155 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6156 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6163 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6164 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17383 16118))
6165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6167 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6168 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6170 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6172 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6173 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6174 or nil if there is no parent.
6175 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6176 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6177 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6178 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6179 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6181 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6182 arguments are currently understood:
6184 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6185 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6187 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6188 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6190 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6191 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6193 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6195 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6197 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6198 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6199 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6201 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6202 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6204 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6205 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6206 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6208 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6209 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6211 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6212 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6214 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6216 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6218 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6219 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6220 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6221 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6222 the first time the mode is used.
6224 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6228 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6229 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17383 24124))
6230 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6232 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6233 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6234 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6235 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6236 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6239 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6241 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6242 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6243 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6244 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6245 character composition information (if relevant),
6246 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6252 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6253 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6254 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17388 29562))
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6257 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6258 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6259 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6261 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6263 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6265 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6266 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6267 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6268 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6273 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6274 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6275 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6276 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6278 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6280 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6281 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6282 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6284 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6285 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6286 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6288 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6289 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6291 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6292 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6293 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6295 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6296 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6297 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6298 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6300 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6302 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6303 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6305 Handlers are called with argument list
6307 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6309 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6311 desktop-file-version
6312 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6313 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6314 desktop-buffer-point
6316 desktop-buffer-read-only
6317 desktop-buffer-locals
6319 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6320 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6322 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6325 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6327 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6328 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6330 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6332 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6334 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6335 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6336 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6337 List elements must have the form
6339 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6341 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6344 Handlers are called with argument list
6346 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6348 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6350 desktop-file-version
6351 desktop-buffer-file-name
6353 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6354 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6355 desktop-buffer-point
6357 desktop-buffer-read-only
6360 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6361 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6364 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6367 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6369 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6370 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6372 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6374 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6376 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6378 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6379 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6380 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6381 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6382 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6383 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6384 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6385 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6387 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6389 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6390 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6391 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6395 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6396 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6397 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6398 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6401 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6403 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6404 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6408 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6409 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6416 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6417 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6418 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6419 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
6420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6422 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6423 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6425 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6427 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6428 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6430 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6432 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6433 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6434 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6436 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6438 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6439 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6440 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6441 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6442 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6443 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6445 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6447 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6448 Repair a broken attribution line.
6449 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6451 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6453 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6454 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6455 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6456 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6458 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6460 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6461 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6467 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6468 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17102 18768))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6471 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6473 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6478 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6485 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6486 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17385 41891))
6487 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6489 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6490 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6491 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6492 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6493 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6497 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6498 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6499 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6500 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6502 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6503 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6504 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6505 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6508 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6510 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6511 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6512 european-calendar-style t \\
6513 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6514 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6515 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6517 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6518 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6519 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6520 to run it every morning at 1am.
6522 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6524 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6525 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6531 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6532 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17383 24124))
6533 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6535 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6536 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6538 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6540 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6541 *The command to use to run diff.")
6543 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6545 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6546 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6547 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6548 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6549 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6550 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6552 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6554 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6555 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6556 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6557 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6558 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6559 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6561 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6565 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6566 ;;;;;; (17439 53835))
6567 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6569 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6570 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6571 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6573 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6574 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6575 headers for you on-the-fly.
6577 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6578 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6579 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6583 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6584 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6585 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6591 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6592 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6593 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6594 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6595 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17391 29732))
6596 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6598 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6599 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6600 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6601 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6602 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6603 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6604 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6605 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6607 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6609 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6610 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6612 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6613 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6614 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6615 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6616 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6618 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6619 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6621 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6622 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6623 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6624 always set this variable to t.")
6626 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6628 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6629 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6630 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6631 A value of t means move to first file.")
6633 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6635 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6636 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6637 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6638 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6639 are afterward marked with that character.")
6641 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6643 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6644 *Controls marking of copied files.
6645 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6646 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6648 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6650 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6651 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6652 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6653 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6655 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6657 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6658 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6659 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6660 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6662 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6664 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6665 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6666 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6667 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6669 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6671 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6673 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6674 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6675 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6677 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6679 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6680 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6681 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6682 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6683 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6684 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6686 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6687 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6688 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6689 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6690 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6691 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6692 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6693 list of files to make directory entries for.
6694 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6695 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6696 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6697 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6699 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6701 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6702 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6704 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6705 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6707 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6708 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6710 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6711 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6713 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6715 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6716 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6718 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6720 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6721 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6722 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6723 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6724 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6725 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6726 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6727 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6728 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6729 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6730 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6731 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6732 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6733 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6734 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6735 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6736 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6737 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6738 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6739 to see why something went wrong.
6740 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6741 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6742 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6743 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6744 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6745 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6746 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6747 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6748 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6749 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6750 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6751 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6752 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6754 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6755 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6756 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6757 again for the directory tree.
6759 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6762 `dired-listing-switches'
6763 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6764 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6767 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6768 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6769 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6770 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6772 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6774 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6775 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6782 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6783 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6787 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6788 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6789 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6790 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6791 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6792 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6793 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6794 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6795 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6796 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6797 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6798 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6799 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6800 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17383 24124))
6801 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6803 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6804 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6805 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6806 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6807 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6808 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6809 which is options for `diff'.
6811 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6813 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6814 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6815 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6816 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6817 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6818 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6820 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6822 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6823 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6824 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6825 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6826 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6827 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6828 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6830 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6832 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6833 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6834 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6835 returned by function `file-attributes'
6837 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6838 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6840 Examples of PREDICATE:
6842 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6843 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6844 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6845 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6846 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6848 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6850 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6851 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6852 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6856 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6857 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6861 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6862 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6866 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6867 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6872 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6873 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6874 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6875 `lpr-switches' as default.
6877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6879 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6880 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6881 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6882 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6883 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6885 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6886 with a prefix argument.
6890 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6891 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6892 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6893 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6894 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6896 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6897 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6899 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6900 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6901 file name substituted for `?'.
6903 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6904 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6906 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6907 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6908 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6909 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6911 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6913 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6914 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6915 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6917 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6918 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6921 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6922 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6924 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6926 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6929 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6931 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6932 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6933 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6934 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6935 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6936 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6937 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6938 from the buffer as well.
6939 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6940 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6941 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6943 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6945 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6948 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6950 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6953 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6955 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6956 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6960 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6961 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6965 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6966 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6970 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6971 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6972 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6973 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6975 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6976 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6977 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6978 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6979 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6980 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6981 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6983 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6985 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6988 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6990 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6993 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6995 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6996 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6998 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7000 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7003 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7005 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7008 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7010 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7011 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7013 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7015 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7016 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7017 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7018 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7019 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7020 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7021 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7022 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7023 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7027 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7028 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7029 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7030 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7031 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7032 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7033 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7034 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7038 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7039 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7040 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7041 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7042 and new hard links are made in that directory
7043 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7044 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7045 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7049 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7050 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7051 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7052 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7053 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7054 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7055 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7059 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7060 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7062 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7063 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7064 file if none are marked.
7066 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7067 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7068 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7069 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7071 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7072 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7074 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7076 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7077 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7078 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7080 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7082 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7083 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7084 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7086 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7088 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7089 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7090 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7092 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7094 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7095 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7099 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7100 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7104 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7105 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7106 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7107 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7108 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7109 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7111 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7113 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7114 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7115 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7116 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7117 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7118 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7119 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7121 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7123 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7124 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7125 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7126 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7127 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7128 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7130 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7132 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7134 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7135 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7136 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7138 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7140 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7141 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7142 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7143 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7147 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7148 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7149 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7150 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7154 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7155 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7156 Lower levels are unaffected.
7158 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7160 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7165 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7166 Go down in the dired tree.
7170 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7171 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7172 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7173 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7177 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7178 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7179 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7180 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7184 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7185 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7186 Stops when a match is found.
7187 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7189 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7191 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7192 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7193 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7194 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7195 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7197 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7199 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7200 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7201 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7202 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7204 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17387 38414))
7209 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7211 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7212 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7213 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7214 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7215 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7216 buffer and try again.
7218 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7222 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17383 24124))
7223 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7225 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7226 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7227 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7229 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7231 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7232 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7234 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7235 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7237 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7241 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17383
7243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7245 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7246 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7247 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7248 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7249 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7250 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7252 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7256 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7257 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7258 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7259 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7260 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17383 24124))
7261 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7263 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7264 Return a new, empty display table.
7268 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7269 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7270 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7271 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7272 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7274 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7276 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7277 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7278 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7279 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7280 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7282 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7284 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7285 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7289 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7290 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7294 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7295 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7299 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7300 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7304 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7305 Display character C using printable string S.
7309 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7310 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7311 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7312 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7314 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7316 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7317 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7318 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7321 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7323 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7324 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7326 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7328 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7329 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7331 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7333 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7334 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7336 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7337 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7338 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7339 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7341 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7342 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7343 European character display.
7345 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7346 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7347 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7348 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7350 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7351 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7352 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7353 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7354 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7360 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7361 ;;;;;; (17382 1892))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7364 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7365 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7366 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7367 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7368 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7369 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7370 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7377 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17383 24124))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7380 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7381 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7382 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7383 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7384 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7385 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7387 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7388 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7389 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7390 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7391 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7393 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7397 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7398 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17383 15658))
7399 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7401 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7402 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7403 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7404 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7405 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7406 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7407 table and its own syntax table.
7409 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7413 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7414 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7417 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7421 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17364 14033))
7422 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7424 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7425 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7431 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7432 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
7433 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7435 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7438 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7440 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7442 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7444 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7446 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7447 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7453 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17382 1892))
7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7456 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7457 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7464 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7467 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7468 Play sounds in message buffers.
7474 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7475 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17383 16118))
7477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7479 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7481 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7482 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7483 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7484 and toggle command MODE.
7486 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7487 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7488 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7489 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7490 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7491 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7492 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7493 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7496 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7497 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7499 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7500 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7501 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7502 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7503 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7504 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7505 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7506 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7507 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7508 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7509 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7510 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7511 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7512 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7514 For example, you could write
7515 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7516 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7519 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7521 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7523 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7524 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7525 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7526 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7527 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7528 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7529 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7530 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7531 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7532 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7533 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7534 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7536 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7537 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7538 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7539 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7540 call another major mode in their body.
7542 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7544 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7545 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7546 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7547 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7548 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7549 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7550 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7552 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7554 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7557 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7559 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7560 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7561 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7563 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7567 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7568 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17383
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7572 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7574 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7575 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7577 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7578 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7579 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7581 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7582 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7586 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7587 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7591 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7592 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7596 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7597 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7599 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7601 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7603 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7605 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7606 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7608 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7609 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7611 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7613 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7615 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7619 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7620 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7621 computed automatically.
7622 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7626 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7628 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7629 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7630 keyboard equivalent.
7634 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7635 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7639 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7640 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7644 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7645 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7649 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7653 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7654 radio: A radio button.
7655 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7656 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7658 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7662 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7663 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7667 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7669 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7670 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7671 as a solid horizontal line.
7673 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7675 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7677 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7680 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7682 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7683 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7684 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7685 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7687 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7689 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7690 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7691 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7692 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7693 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7694 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7696 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7697 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7698 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7700 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7701 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7703 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7708 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7709 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7710 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7711 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7712 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7713 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7714 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17388 22062))
7715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7717 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7718 Customization for ebnf group.
7722 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7723 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7725 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7727 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7730 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7732 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7734 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7735 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7737 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7738 killed after process termination.
7740 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7742 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7744 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7745 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7747 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7748 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7751 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7752 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7753 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7754 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7756 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7758 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7759 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7760 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7762 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7764 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7765 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7767 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7769 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7772 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7774 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7776 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7777 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7779 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7780 killed after process termination.
7782 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7784 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7786 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7787 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7788 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7789 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7791 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7795 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7796 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7797 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7799 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7801 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7803 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7804 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7806 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7808 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7811 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7813 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7815 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7816 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7818 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7819 killed after EPS generation.
7821 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7823 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7825 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7826 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7828 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7829 The EPS file name has the following form:
7831 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7833 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7834 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7836 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7837 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7838 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7839 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7841 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7845 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7846 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7848 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7849 The EPS file name has the following form:
7851 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7853 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7854 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7856 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7857 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7858 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7859 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7861 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7863 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7865 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7867 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7868 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7870 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7872 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7875 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7877 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7879 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7880 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7882 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7883 killed after syntax checking.
7885 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7887 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7889 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7890 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7894 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7895 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7897 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7899 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7900 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7904 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7905 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7907 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7909 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7911 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7914 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7918 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7919 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7921 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7923 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7925 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7926 Set STYLE as the current style.
7928 It returns the old style symbol.
7930 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7934 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7935 Reset current style.
7937 It returns the old style symbol.
7939 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7941 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7943 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7944 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7946 It returns the old style symbol.
7948 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7950 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7952 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7953 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7955 It returns the old style symbol.
7957 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7963 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7964 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7965 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7966 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7967 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7968 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7969 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7970 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7971 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7972 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7973 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17391
7975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7977 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7978 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7979 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7980 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7981 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7982 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7984 Tree mode key bindings:
7985 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7989 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7990 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7994 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7995 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7997 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8001 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8002 View declaration of member at point.
8006 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8007 Find declaration of member at point.
8011 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8012 View definition of member at point.
8016 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8017 Find definition of member at point.
8021 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8022 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8026 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8027 View definition of member at point in other window.
8031 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8032 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8036 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8037 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8041 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8042 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8046 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8047 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8051 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8052 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8053 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8054 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8057 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8059 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8060 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8061 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8062 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8064 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8066 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8067 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8068 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8069 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8071 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8073 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8074 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8075 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8077 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8079 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8080 Search for call sites of a member.
8081 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8082 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8083 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8084 looks like a function call to the member.
8086 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8088 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8089 Move backward in the position stack.
8090 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8094 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8095 Move forward in the position stack.
8096 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8100 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8101 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8105 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8106 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8110 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8111 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8112 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8113 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8115 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8117 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8118 Display statistics for a class tree.
8124 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8125 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
8126 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8128 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8129 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8130 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8131 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8133 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8134 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8135 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8137 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8138 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8139 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8141 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8143 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8149 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8150 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17383 24125))
8151 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8153 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8154 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8155 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8157 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8161 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8162 ;;;;;; def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8163 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17416 11967))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8166 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8167 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8168 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8169 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8170 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8172 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8173 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8174 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8175 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8177 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8179 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8180 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8181 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8182 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8184 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8186 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8187 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8188 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8189 \(naming a function), or a list.
8191 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8193 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8195 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8196 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8197 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8198 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8199 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8201 If you do this on a function definition
8202 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8203 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8204 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8205 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8207 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8208 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8209 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8210 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8215 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8216 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8220 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8221 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8227 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8228 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8229 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8230 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8231 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8232 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8233 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8234 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8235 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8236 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17399 58140))
8237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8239 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8240 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8242 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8244 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8245 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8247 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8249 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8251 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8253 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8254 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8255 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8256 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8260 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8261 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8263 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8265 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8267 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8268 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8270 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8272 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8274 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8275 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8276 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8277 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8279 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8281 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8283 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8284 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8285 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8286 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8288 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8290 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8292 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8293 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8294 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8295 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8297 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8299 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8301 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8302 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8303 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8304 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8306 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8308 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8310 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8311 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8312 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8313 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8314 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8315 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8317 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8319 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8320 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8321 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8322 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8324 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8326 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8328 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8329 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8330 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8331 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8333 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8335 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8337 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8339 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8340 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8341 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8343 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8344 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8346 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8348 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8349 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8350 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8352 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8353 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8355 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8357 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8358 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8359 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8360 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8361 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8363 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8364 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8366 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8368 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8369 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8370 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8371 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8372 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8374 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8375 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8376 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8378 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8380 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8382 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8383 Merge two files without ancestor.
8385 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8387 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8388 Merge two files with ancestor.
8390 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8392 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8394 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8395 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8397 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8399 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8400 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8402 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8404 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8405 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8406 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8409 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8411 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8412 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8413 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8416 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8418 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8419 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8420 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8421 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8425 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8426 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8427 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8428 and don't ask the user.
8429 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8430 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8432 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8434 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8435 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8436 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8437 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8438 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8439 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8440 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8441 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8443 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8445 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8447 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8449 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8450 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8451 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8452 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8453 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8455 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8457 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8459 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8460 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8461 When called interactively, displays the version.
8465 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8466 Display Ediff's manual.
8467 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8469 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8473 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8474 ;;;;;; (17399 58140))
8475 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8477 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17399 58140))
8485 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8487 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8488 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8490 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8492 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8496 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8497 ;;;;;; (17399 58140))
8498 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8500 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8501 Display Ediff's registry.
8505 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8509 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8510 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17399 58140))
8511 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8514 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8515 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8520 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8521 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8522 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8523 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8529 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8530 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8531 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8534 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8535 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8536 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8538 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8539 Edit a keyboard macro.
8540 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8541 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8542 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8544 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8546 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8548 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8549 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8551 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8553 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8554 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8556 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8558 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8559 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8560 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8561 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8562 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8563 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8565 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8566 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8567 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8568 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8570 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8572 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8573 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8574 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8575 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8576 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8577 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8579 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8583 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8584 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17383 13537))
8585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8587 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8589 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8590 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8592 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8594 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8595 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8601 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8602 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8605 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8606 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8607 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8608 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8609 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8610 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8611 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8612 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8614 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8615 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8617 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8618 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8619 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8620 this value is non-nil.
8622 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8623 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8624 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8626 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8627 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8628 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8630 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8632 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8635 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8639 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8640 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17383 16118))
8641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8643 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8644 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8646 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8648 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8649 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8650 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8651 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8652 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8653 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8654 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8656 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8660 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8661 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8665 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8666 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8667 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8668 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8669 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8670 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8673 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8674 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8678 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17383
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8682 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8683 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8685 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8686 an elided material again.
8688 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8694 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8695 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8698 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8705 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8706 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17383
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8710 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8711 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8712 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8714 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8716 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8717 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8718 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8720 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8722 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8723 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8724 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8726 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8728 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8730 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8731 Display current profiling results.
8732 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8733 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8740 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8741 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8744 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8745 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8746 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8748 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8753 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8754 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8755 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8756 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2962))
8757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8759 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8760 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8761 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8762 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8763 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8764 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8765 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8766 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8767 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8768 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8769 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8770 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8771 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8772 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8773 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8774 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8776 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8777 Run Emerge on two files.
8779 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8781 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8782 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8784 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8786 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8787 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8789 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8791 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8792 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8794 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8796 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8801 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8806 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8809 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8811 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8814 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8817 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8819 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8821 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8822 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8824 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8826 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8829 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (17102 18713))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8837 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8838 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8839 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8840 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8841 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8843 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8845 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
8847 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8848 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8849 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8851 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8852 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8855 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8856 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8857 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8863 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8864 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17383 15658))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8867 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8868 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8869 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8870 text/enriched format.
8871 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8873 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8874 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8878 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8882 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8885 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8887 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8890 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8894 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
8895 ;;;;;; (17447 52274))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8898 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
8899 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8903 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
8904 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
8905 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
8906 (server (erc-compute-server))
8907 (port (erc-compute-port))
8908 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8910 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8912 That is, if called with
8913 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8914 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8915 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
8916 be invoked for those parameters' values
8918 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17391
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8925 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17447 52274))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8931 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8937 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8942 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17393 3826))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8945 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8946 Parser for /dcc command.
8947 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8948 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8949 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8951 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8953 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8954 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8958 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
8959 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8961 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8962 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8963 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8966 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8971 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8972 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8973 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8974 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
8975 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8977 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
8978 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8980 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8982 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8984 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8985 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8987 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8989 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
8992 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8994 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
8995 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8997 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8999 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9000 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9002 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9004 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9005 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9007 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9009 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9010 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9012 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9014 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9015 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9017 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9019 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9020 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9022 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9024 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9025 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9029 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9030 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9036 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17391
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9039 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9041 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9042 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9043 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9052 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9057 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17447 52274))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9060 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9061 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9062 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9063 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9064 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9065 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9068 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9070 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9073 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9077 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9078 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9081 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17391 39324))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9090 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9094 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9095 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9097 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9099 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9100 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9101 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9104 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9106 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9107 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9108 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9109 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9111 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9115 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9116 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17391 39324))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9118 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9120 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9121 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9122 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9123 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9124 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9125 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9127 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9129 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9130 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9131 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9132 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9134 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9135 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9138 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9139 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9141 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9145 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9146 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9147 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9148 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9150 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9152 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9153 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9157 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9158 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9162 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9163 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9167 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9168 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9172 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9173 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9177 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9178 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9182 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9183 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9187 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9188 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9194 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9195 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9197 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9199 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9207 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17391 39324))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9210 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9211 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9212 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9213 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9217 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9218 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9224 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9225 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17391 39324))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9227 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9229 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9230 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9231 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9232 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9234 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9236 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17391 39324))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9245 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17391
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9252 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17391 39324))
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9258 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17391 39324))
9263 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9264 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9268 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9269 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17391 39324))
9270 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9271 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9273 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9274 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9278 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9279 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9280 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9282 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17391 39324))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9288 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9293 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9296 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9297 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9298 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17391
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9307 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17395 55370))
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9313 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17391 39324))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9319 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9320 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9324 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9325 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17391 39324))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9327 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9329 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9330 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9331 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9332 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9334 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9336 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9337 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9338 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9344 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9345 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9346 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9348 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9349 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9355 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17383
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9359 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9360 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17383
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9372 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9373 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9379 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9380 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17426 59663))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9383 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9384 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9385 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9386 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9387 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9388 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9389 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9390 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9391 buffer selected (or created).
9393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9395 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9396 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9397 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9399 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9401 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9402 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9403 The result might be any Lisp object.
9404 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9405 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9406 corresponding to a successful execution.
9408 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9410 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9411 Report a bug in Eshell.
9412 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9413 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9419 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9420 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9421 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9422 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9423 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9424 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9425 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9426 ;;;;;; (17407 46937))
9427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9429 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9430 *File name of tags table.
9431 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9432 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9433 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9434 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9436 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9437 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9438 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9439 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9441 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9443 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9444 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9445 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9446 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9447 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9448 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9450 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9452 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9453 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9454 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9455 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9456 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9457 `auto-compression-mode').")
9459 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9461 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9462 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9463 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9464 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9465 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9467 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9469 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9470 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9471 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9472 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9474 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9476 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9477 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9478 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9479 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9480 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9482 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9484 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9485 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9489 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9490 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9491 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9492 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9494 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9495 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9496 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9497 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9498 file the tag was in.
9500 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9502 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9503 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9504 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9505 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9506 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9507 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9508 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9509 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9510 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9512 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9514 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9515 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9516 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9517 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9518 without directory names.
9522 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9523 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9524 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9525 but does not select the buffer.
9526 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9528 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9529 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9530 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9531 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9532 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9534 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9536 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9537 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9538 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9540 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9542 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9544 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9545 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9546 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9547 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9549 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9550 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9551 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9552 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9553 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9555 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9557 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9558 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9559 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9561 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9563 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9564 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9566 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9567 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9568 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9569 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9570 around or before point.
9572 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9573 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9574 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9575 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9576 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9578 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9580 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9581 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9582 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9584 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9586 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9587 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9589 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9590 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9591 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9592 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9593 around or before point.
9595 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9596 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9597 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9598 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9599 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9601 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9603 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9604 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9605 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9607 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9609 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9610 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9612 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9613 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9614 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9616 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9617 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9618 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9619 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9620 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9622 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9624 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9625 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9626 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9628 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9630 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9631 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9632 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9634 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9635 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9637 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9638 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9639 where they were found.
9643 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9644 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9646 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9647 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9648 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9650 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9651 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9653 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9654 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9656 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9658 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9659 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9660 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9661 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9663 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9664 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9665 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9666 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9667 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9669 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9670 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9672 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9673 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9674 Stops when a match is found.
9675 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9677 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9679 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9681 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9682 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9683 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9684 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9685 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9687 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9689 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9691 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9692 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9693 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9694 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9695 directory specification.
9697 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9699 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9700 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9702 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9704 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9705 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9706 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9707 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9711 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9712 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9713 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9714 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9715 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9721 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9722 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9723 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9724 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9725 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9726 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9727 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9728 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17316 61871))
9729 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9731 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9736 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9737 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9738 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9739 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9741 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9742 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9745 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9746 even if the buffer is read-only.
9748 See also the descriptions of the variables
9749 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9750 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9752 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9754 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9755 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9757 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9758 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9760 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9761 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9764 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9765 buffer is read-only.
9767 See also the descriptions of the variables
9768 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9769 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9771 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9773 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9774 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9775 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9779 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9780 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9782 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9783 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9785 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9786 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9790 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9791 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9792 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9793 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9795 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9797 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9798 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9799 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9800 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9802 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9803 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9804 the primary language.
9806 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9807 buffer is read-only.
9809 See also the descriptions of the variables
9810 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9811 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9813 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9815 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9816 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9817 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9818 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9820 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9821 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9824 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9825 buffer is read-only.
9827 See also the descriptions of the variables
9828 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9829 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9831 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9833 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9834 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9835 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9839 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9840 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9842 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9843 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9844 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9845 3) convert the body into SERA.
9847 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9851 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9852 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9853 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9855 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9857 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9858 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9862 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9863 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9865 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9866 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9869 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9870 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9871 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9873 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9875 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9877 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9878 Allow the user to input special characters.
9882 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9883 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9884 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9888 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9889 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9893 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9894 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9896 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9897 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9899 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9900 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9904 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9905 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9909 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9910 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9914 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9915 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9921 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9922 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9923 ;;;;;; (17383 13296))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9926 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9927 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9928 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9929 server for future sessions.
9931 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9933 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9934 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9935 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9937 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9939 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9940 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9941 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9943 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9945 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9946 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9947 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9948 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9949 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9950 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9951 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9952 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9953 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9954 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9955 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9956 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9958 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9960 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9961 Display a form to query the directory server.
9962 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9963 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9965 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9967 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9968 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9969 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9973 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9978 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9979 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17383 13296))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9982 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9983 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9985 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9987 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9988 Display URL and make it clickable.
9992 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
9993 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9995 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9997 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
9998 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10000 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10002 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10003 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10005 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10007 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10008 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10010 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10014 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10015 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17383 13296))
10016 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10018 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10019 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10020 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10024 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10025 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10032 ;;;;;; (17383 13296))
10033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10035 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10036 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10042 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10043 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10044 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10045 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
10046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10048 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10049 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10050 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10052 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10054 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10055 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10056 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10057 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10058 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10060 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10062 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10063 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10064 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10065 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10066 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10069 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10071 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10072 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10073 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10077 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10078 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10079 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10086 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10087 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17383 24125))
10088 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10090 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10091 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10092 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10093 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10095 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10097 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10098 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10099 to generate such functions.
10101 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10102 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10103 beginning of the expanded text.
10105 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10106 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10107 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10108 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10110 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10112 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10114 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10115 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10116 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10120 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10121 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10122 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10125 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10126 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10130 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17385 42553))
10131 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10133 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10134 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10135 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10137 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10138 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10139 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10141 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10146 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10149 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10151 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10153 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10154 `f90-program-indent'
10155 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10157 `f90-continuation-indent'
10158 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10159 `f90-comment-region'
10160 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10161 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10162 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10163 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10165 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10166 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10167 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10168 `f90-break-delimiters'
10169 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10170 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10171 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10172 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10174 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10175 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10177 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10178 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10179 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10180 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10181 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10182 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10183 `f90-leave-line-no'
10184 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10186 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10187 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10193 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10194 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10195 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10196 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10197 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17383 24125))
10198 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10199 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10200 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10202 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10203 Menu keymap for faces.")
10205 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10207 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10208 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10210 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10212 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10213 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10215 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10217 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10218 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10220 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10222 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10223 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10225 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10227 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10228 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10230 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10232 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10233 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10235 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10237 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10239 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10241 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10243 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10244 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10245 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10246 will not show through at all will be removed.
10248 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10250 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10251 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10254 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10255 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10256 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10258 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10260 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10261 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10262 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10264 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10265 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10268 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10269 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10270 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10272 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10274 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10275 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10276 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10278 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10279 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10282 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10283 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10284 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10286 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10288 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10289 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10290 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10291 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10292 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10293 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10294 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10296 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10297 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10300 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10301 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10302 to insert cancels the specification.
10304 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10306 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10307 Make the region invisible.
10308 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10309 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10311 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10313 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10314 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10315 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10316 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10318 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10320 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10321 Make the region unmodifiable.
10322 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10323 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10325 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10327 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10328 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10330 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10332 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10333 Remove all text properties from the region.
10335 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10337 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10338 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10339 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10341 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10343 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10344 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10346 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10348 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10349 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10350 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10351 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10352 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10353 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10355 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10359 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10360 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17382 34311))
10361 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10363 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10364 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10365 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10366 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10368 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10370 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10371 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10372 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10374 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10375 - When you save the file's buffer.
10376 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10377 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10378 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10379 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10381 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10383 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10384 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10385 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10386 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10390 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10391 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10395 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10399 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10400 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10401 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17258 33756))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10404 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10405 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10406 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10407 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10411 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10412 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10416 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10417 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10418 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10419 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10423 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10424 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10425 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10426 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10427 backup file names and the like).
10429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10431 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10432 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10433 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10434 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10435 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10436 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10437 internally by feedmail):
10439 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10440 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10441 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10442 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10444 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10445 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10446 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10447 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10448 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10450 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10454 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10455 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17400 65127))
10456 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10458 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10459 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10460 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10461 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10462 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10463 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10464 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10466 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10468 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10469 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10470 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10471 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10472 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10473 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10474 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10476 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10478 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10480 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10481 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10482 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10483 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10484 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10485 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10487 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10489 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10490 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10491 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10493 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10494 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10499 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10500 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10502 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10504 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10505 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10511 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10512 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
10513 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10515 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10516 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10517 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10518 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10519 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10520 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10521 \(directories) is done.
10524 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10525 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10526 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10530 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17383
10532 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10534 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10535 Filesets initialization.
10536 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10542 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10543 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10544 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
10545 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10547 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10548 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10549 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10550 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10551 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10553 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10555 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10556 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10557 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10558 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10559 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10561 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10563 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10564 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10565 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10566 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10568 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10570 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10571 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10572 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10574 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10576 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10577 as the final argument.
10579 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10581 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10582 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10583 and run dired on those files.
10584 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10585 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10587 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10589 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10591 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10592 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10593 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10595 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10597 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10599 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10603 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10604 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10605 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10608 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10609 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10610 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10611 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10614 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10615 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10616 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10618 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10620 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10622 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10624 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10625 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10626 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10628 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10629 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10631 Variables of interest include:
10633 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10634 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10635 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10637 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10638 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10639 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10641 - `ff-ignore-include'
10642 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10644 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10645 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10648 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10650 - `ff-special-constructs'
10651 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10652 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10653 extracting the filename from that construct.
10655 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10656 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10658 - `ff-search-directories'
10659 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10660 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10662 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10663 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10665 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10666 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10668 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10669 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10671 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10672 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10674 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10675 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10677 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10679 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10680 Visit the file you click on.
10682 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10684 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10685 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10687 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10691 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10692 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10693 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10694 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10695 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10696 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10697 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17410 24020))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10700 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10701 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10703 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10705 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10706 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10707 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10708 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10709 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10710 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10712 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10714 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10715 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10717 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10718 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10721 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10722 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10725 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10727 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10728 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10730 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10731 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10732 places point before the definition.
10733 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10735 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10736 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10737 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10739 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10741 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10742 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10744 See `find-function' for more details.
10746 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10748 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10749 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10751 See `find-function' for more details.
10753 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10755 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10756 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10758 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10759 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10761 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10762 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10764 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10766 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10767 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10769 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10770 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10771 places point before the definition.
10773 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10775 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10776 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10777 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10779 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10781 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10782 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10784 See `find-variable' for more details.
10786 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10788 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10789 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10791 See `find-variable' for more details.
10793 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10795 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10796 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10797 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10798 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10799 buffer nor display it.
10801 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10802 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10804 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10806 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10807 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10809 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10810 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10811 places point before the definition.
10813 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10815 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10816 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10817 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10821 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10822 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10823 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10827 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10828 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10832 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10833 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10837 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10838 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10844 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10845 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17393 12443))
10846 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10848 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10849 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10851 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10853 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10854 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10858 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10859 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10861 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10865 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10866 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17383 24125))
10867 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10869 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10870 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10874 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10875 Display FILE's commentary section.
10876 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10880 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10881 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10887 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10888 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17383 24125))
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10891 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10892 Toggle flow control handling.
10893 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10894 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10896 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10898 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10899 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10900 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10901 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10902 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10903 to get the effect of a C-q.
10905 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10909 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10910 ;;;;;; (17411 39818))
10911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10913 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10918 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10921 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10926 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17396 25795))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10929 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10930 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10931 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10932 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10936 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10937 Turn flymake mode on.
10941 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10942 Turn flymake mode off.
10948 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10949 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10950 ;;;;;; (17426 59268))
10951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10953 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10954 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10957 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10959 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10960 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10961 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10962 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10963 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10964 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10967 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10968 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10969 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10970 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10973 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10976 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10977 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10978 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10980 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10982 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10983 in your .emacs file.
10985 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10986 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10990 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10991 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10995 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10996 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10998 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11000 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11001 Flyspell whole buffer.
11007 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11008 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11009 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
11010 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11012 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11013 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11017 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11018 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11022 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11023 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11025 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11026 of two major techniques:
11028 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11029 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11030 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11032 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11033 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11034 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11037 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11038 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11039 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11040 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11041 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11044 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11045 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11047 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11049 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11050 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11051 \(This is the default.)
11053 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11054 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11056 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11057 \\{follow-mode-map}
11061 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11062 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11064 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11065 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11066 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11067 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11068 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11069 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11071 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11072 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11073 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11075 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11076 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11077 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11083 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17383
11085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11087 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11088 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11089 \\<message-mode-map>
11093 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11094 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11095 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11096 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11097 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11098 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11104 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11105 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17383 24125))
11106 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11108 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11109 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11111 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11112 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11113 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11114 C-c < forms-first-record <
11115 C-c > forms-last-record >
11116 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11117 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11118 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11119 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11120 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11121 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11122 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11123 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11124 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11125 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11127 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11129 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11130 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11134 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11135 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11141 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11142 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 30049))
11143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11145 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11146 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11147 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11148 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11149 with a character in column 6.")
11151 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11153 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11154 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11155 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11157 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11158 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11160 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11163 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11165 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11167 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11168 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11169 `fortran-do-indent'
11170 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11171 `fortran-if-indent'
11172 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11173 `fortran-structure-indent'
11174 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11176 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11177 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11178 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11179 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11180 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11181 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11182 nil don't change the indentation
11183 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11185 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11186 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11187 depending on the continuation format in use.
11188 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11189 indentation for a line of code.
11191 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11192 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11193 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11194 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11195 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11196 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11197 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11198 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11199 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11200 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11202 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11203 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11204 statements (default nil).
11205 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11206 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11207 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11208 `fortran-continuation-string'
11209 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11210 line (default \"$\").
11211 `fortran-comment-region'
11212 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11213 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11214 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11215 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11216 as typed (default t).
11217 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11218 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11220 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11221 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11227 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11228 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17382 1892))
11229 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11231 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11232 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11234 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11235 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11237 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11239 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11240 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11242 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11243 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11245 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11247 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11248 Compile fortune file.
11250 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11251 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11253 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11255 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11256 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11258 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11259 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11260 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11261 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11263 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11265 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11266 Display a fortune cookie.
11268 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11269 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11270 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11271 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11273 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11277 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11278 ;;;;;; (17444 35371))
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11281 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11282 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11283 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11284 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11286 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11287 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11288 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11289 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11291 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11292 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11293 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11294 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11295 some of the buffers.
11297 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11299 The following commands help control operation :
11301 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11302 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11304 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11305 detailed description of this mode.
11308 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11310 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11311 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11315 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11316 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11317 | | (comint-mode) |
11324 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11325 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11326 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11327 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11328 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11329 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11331 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11333 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11334 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11336 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui")
11340 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11341 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17383
11343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11345 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11346 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11347 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11348 instead (which see).")
11350 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11351 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11353 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11354 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11355 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11356 documentation string instead.
11358 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11359 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11360 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11361 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11362 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11363 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11364 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11365 enders are actually possible.
11367 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11368 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11370 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11371 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11372 `font-lock-keywords'.
11374 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11375 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11376 runs the macro expansion.
11378 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11379 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11380 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11382 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11384 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11386 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11387 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11389 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11391 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11392 Enter generic mode MODE.
11394 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11395 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11396 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11398 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11399 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11403 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11404 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11405 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11406 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11407 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11408 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11409 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11410 `font-lock-keywords'.
11412 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11416 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11417 ;;;;;; (17405 58461))
11418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11420 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11421 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11422 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11423 at places they belong to.
11425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11429 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11430 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17426 3898))
11431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11433 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11434 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11438 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11440 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11441 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11442 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11443 name of an NNTP server to use.
11444 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11447 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11449 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11450 Read news as a slave.
11452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11454 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11455 Pop up a frame to read news.
11456 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11457 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11458 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11459 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11460 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11461 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11462 current display is used.
11464 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11466 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11468 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11469 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11470 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11472 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11476 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11477 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11478 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11479 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11480 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11481 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17440 25582))
11482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11484 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11485 Start Gnus unplugged.
11489 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11490 Start Gnus plugged.
11494 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11495 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11499 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11500 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11502 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11503 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11504 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11506 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11507 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11508 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11512 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11513 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11517 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11518 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11519 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11520 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11521 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11524 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11526 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11527 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11528 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11529 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11530 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11533 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11535 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11536 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11540 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11541 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11542 downloaded into the agent.
11544 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11546 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11547 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11548 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11549 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11551 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11553 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11554 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11558 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11559 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11563 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11564 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11565 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11567 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11572 ;;;;;; (17437 45961))
11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11575 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11576 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11582 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11583 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11586 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11587 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11593 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11594 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11595 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17382
11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11599 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11600 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11603 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11607 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11608 Generate the cache active file.
11610 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11612 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11613 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11617 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11618 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11619 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11620 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11621 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11624 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11626 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11627 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11628 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11629 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11630 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11633 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11637 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11638 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17382 1052))
11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11641 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11642 Delay this article by some time.
11643 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11645 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11646 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11648 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11649 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11651 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11652 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11654 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11656 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11657 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11661 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11662 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11663 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11664 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11666 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11667 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11669 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11673 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11674 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11677 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11678 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11684 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11685 ;;;;;; (17415 62487))
11686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11688 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11689 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11695 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11696 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11697 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17382
11699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11701 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11702 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11706 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11707 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11711 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11712 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11716 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11717 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11721 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11722 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11723 The PNG is returned as a string.
11725 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11727 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11728 Convert FILE to a Face.
11729 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11732 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11736 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11737 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17426 3898))
11738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11740 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11741 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11742 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11744 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11746 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11747 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11749 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11754 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11757 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11759 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11760 Run batched scoring.
11761 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11768 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11769 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11772 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11777 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11778 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11779 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11781 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11783 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11784 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11786 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11792 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11793 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11794 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11797 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11798 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11799 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11800 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11803 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11804 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11805 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11806 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11808 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11809 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11810 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11811 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11812 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11813 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11814 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11815 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11816 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11817 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11819 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11821 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11822 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11823 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11826 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11827 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11829 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11831 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11832 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11833 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11835 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11839 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11840 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11841 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11843 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11845 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11846 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11847 existing groups are considered.
11849 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11850 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11853 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11854 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11855 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11856 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11857 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11858 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11859 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11860 clauses will be generated.
11862 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11863 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11864 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11865 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11866 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11867 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11869 For example, given the following group parameters:
11872 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11873 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11875 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11876 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11877 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11878 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11880 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11882 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11884 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11886 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11887 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11890 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11894 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11895 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11898 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11899 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11900 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11902 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11907 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17382 1052))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11910 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11911 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11912 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11913 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11915 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11920 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11923 Like `message-reply'.
11925 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11927 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11931 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11932 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17426 3898))
11933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11935 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
11936 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11940 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
11941 Load the NoCeM cache.
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11948 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11949 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11952 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11953 Display picons in the From header.
11954 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11958 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11959 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11960 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11964 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11965 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11966 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11972 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11973 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11974 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11975 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17382 1052))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11980 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11981 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11982 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11984 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11986 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11987 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11988 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11991 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11993 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11994 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11995 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11997 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11999 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12002 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12004 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12005 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12006 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12008 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12010 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12011 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12012 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12014 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12016 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12018 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12019 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12020 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12022 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12024 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12025 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12026 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12028 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12030 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12031 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12032 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12034 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12036 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12037 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12039 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12043 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12044 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17382 1052))
12045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12047 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12052 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12053 Install the registry hooks.
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12060 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17382
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12064 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12065 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12066 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12067 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12068 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12069 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12073 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12074 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12075 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12076 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12077 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12081 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12088 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12089 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12092 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12093 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12094 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12095 for matching on group names.
12097 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12098 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12100 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12102 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12108 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12109 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12112 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12113 Update the format specification near point.
12119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12120 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17426
12122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12124 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12125 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12127 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12129 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12136 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12137 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12140 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12141 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12143 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12147 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17382 1892))
12148 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12150 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12151 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12153 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12154 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12155 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12157 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12158 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12159 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12161 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12162 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12164 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12165 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12167 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12169 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12173 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12174 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17383 13296))
12175 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12177 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12179 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12180 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12181 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12182 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12183 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12185 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12187 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12188 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12189 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12191 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12192 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12194 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12195 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
12202 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12203 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17432 38016))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12206 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12207 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12209 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12211 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12212 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12213 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12214 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12215 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12217 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12218 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12220 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12222 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12223 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12224 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12225 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12227 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12229 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12230 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12232 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12234 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12235 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12237 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12238 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12239 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12241 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12242 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12243 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12245 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12246 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12248 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12249 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12251 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12253 (defvar grep-history nil)
12255 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12257 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12258 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12259 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12263 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12268 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12269 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12270 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12271 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12272 where grep found matches.
12274 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12275 easily repeat a grep command.
12277 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12278 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12279 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12280 if that history list is empty).
12282 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
12283 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
12285 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
12287 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12288 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12292 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12293 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12294 Collect output in a buffer.
12295 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12296 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12298 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12299 easily repeat a find command.
12301 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12303 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12305 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
12306 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12307 Collect output in a buffer.
12308 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
12309 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
12310 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12311 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
12312 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12314 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12315 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12317 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12318 easily repeat a find command.
12320 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
12321 those sub directories of DIR.
12323 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
12327 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17383 24126))
12328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12330 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12331 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12332 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12333 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12334 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12336 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12340 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12341 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17446 52773))
12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12344 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12345 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12346 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12347 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12348 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12349 `gdba' for more information.
12351 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12352 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12354 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12356 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12357 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12358 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12359 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12361 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12363 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12364 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12365 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12366 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12368 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12370 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12371 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12372 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12373 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12375 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12376 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12378 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12380 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12381 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12382 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12383 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12385 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12387 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12388 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12389 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12390 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12392 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12394 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12395 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12396 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12397 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12398 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12400 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12401 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12402 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12403 original source file access method.
12405 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12406 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12408 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12410 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12411 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12412 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12413 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12415 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12416 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12418 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12420 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12421 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12427 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17382
12429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12431 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12432 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12433 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12434 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12436 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12437 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12438 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12439 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12445 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12446 ;;;;;; (17075 55477))
12447 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12449 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12450 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12452 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12454 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12455 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12456 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12457 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12459 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12463 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12464 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12465 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12466 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12473 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12474 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12475 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12476 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17383 24126))
12477 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12479 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12480 Return the help-echo string at point.
12481 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12482 property, or nil, is returned.
12483 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12484 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12485 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12487 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12489 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12490 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12491 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12492 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12493 this produces no string either, return nil.
12497 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12498 Display local help in the echo area.
12499 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12500 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12501 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12504 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12505 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12506 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12510 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12511 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12512 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12516 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12517 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12518 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12522 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12523 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12524 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12525 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12526 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12527 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12528 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12529 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12530 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12531 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12532 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12534 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12535 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12536 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12537 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12538 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12540 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12541 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12542 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12543 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12544 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12545 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12546 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12547 The default is `never'.")
12549 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12551 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12552 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12553 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12554 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12555 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12556 considered different regions.
12558 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12559 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12560 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12561 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12562 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12563 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12564 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12565 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12566 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12568 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12570 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12571 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12572 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12573 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12576 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12577 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12578 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12579 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12580 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12581 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12582 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12583 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12585 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12586 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12587 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12588 rarely happens in practice.
12590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12592 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12593 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12594 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12595 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12596 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12597 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12603 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12604 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12605 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12606 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17399 44613))
12607 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12609 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12610 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12611 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12612 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12613 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12614 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12618 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12619 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12621 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12623 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12624 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12625 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12627 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12629 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12630 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12632 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12634 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12637 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12639 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12640 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12641 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12642 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12644 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12646 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12647 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12648 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12649 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12650 it is displayed along with the global value.
12652 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12654 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12655 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12656 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12657 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12659 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12661 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12662 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12663 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12664 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12665 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12667 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12671 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12672 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
12673 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12675 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12676 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12677 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12678 and window listing and describing the options.
12679 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12680 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12682 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12686 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12687 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12688 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17437 64109))
12689 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12691 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12692 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12693 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12699 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12704 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12709 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12710 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12712 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12713 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12714 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12715 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12717 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12718 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12719 restore it properly when going back.
12721 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12723 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12724 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12726 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12727 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12728 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12729 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12730 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12731 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12732 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12733 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12735 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12736 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12737 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12738 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12740 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12741 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12744 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12746 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12747 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12748 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12749 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12750 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12751 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12753 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12755 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12756 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12757 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12758 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12759 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12761 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12763 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12764 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12766 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12770 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17383 16118))
12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12774 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12775 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12779 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12780 Provide help for current mode.
12786 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12787 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17383 24126))
12788 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12790 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12791 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12792 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12793 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12794 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12796 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12797 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12799 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12800 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12801 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12802 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12804 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12805 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12808 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12813 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12814 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12815 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12816 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12817 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12818 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12819 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12820 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12821 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12822 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12823 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12824 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12825 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12826 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12827 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12829 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12830 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12831 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12833 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12836 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12838 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12839 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12840 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12842 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12843 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12844 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12846 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12847 into the buffer at the current point.
12849 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12850 into the buffer at the current point.
12852 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12853 into the buffer at the current point.
12855 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12857 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12858 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12860 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12862 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12866 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12867 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12868 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12870 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12872 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12873 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12874 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12880 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12881 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12882 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12883 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
12884 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12886 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12887 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12889 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12890 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12891 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12892 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12893 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12894 called interactively, are:
12896 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12897 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12899 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12900 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12901 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12902 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12904 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12905 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12907 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12908 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12910 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12911 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12912 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12913 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12914 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12915 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12917 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12918 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12920 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12921 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12923 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12924 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12925 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12926 Patterns will be read until
12928 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12932 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12933 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12934 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12936 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12938 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12940 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12942 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12943 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
12944 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12945 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
12946 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
12948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12950 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12952 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12953 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12955 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12956 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12957 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12958 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12960 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12962 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12964 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12965 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12967 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12968 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12969 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12970 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12972 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12974 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12976 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12977 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12979 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12980 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12982 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12984 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12986 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12987 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12989 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12990 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12991 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12992 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12993 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12995 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12997 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12998 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13000 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13001 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13002 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13008 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13009 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17388 22062))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13012 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13013 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13014 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13015 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13016 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13017 how the hiding is done:
13020 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13021 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13024 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13025 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13026 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13027 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13028 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13031 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13032 #endif lines when hiding.
13034 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13035 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13038 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13039 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13040 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13042 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13046 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13047 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13049 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13051 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13052 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13054 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13056 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13057 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13059 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13063 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13064 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
13065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13067 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13068 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13069 Each element has the form
13070 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13072 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13073 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13075 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13076 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13078 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13079 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13080 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13081 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13082 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13083 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13085 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13086 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13088 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13089 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13091 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13092 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13093 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13095 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13096 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13097 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13098 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13099 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13100 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13102 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13103 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13104 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13106 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13107 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13109 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13112 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13118 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13119 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13120 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13121 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13122 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17387 44422))
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13125 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13126 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13127 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13129 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13131 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13132 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13134 Without an argument:
13135 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13136 or passive state as determined by the variable
13137 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13140 With an argument ARG:
13141 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13142 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13143 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13145 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13146 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13147 not displayed in a different face.
13150 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13151 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13152 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13153 buffer with the contents of a file
13154 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13155 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13159 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13160 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13161 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13165 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13166 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13170 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13171 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13175 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13176 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13178 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13179 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13180 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13181 shown in the last face in the list.
13183 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13184 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13185 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13187 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13191 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13192 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13194 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13196 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13199 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13200 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13202 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13203 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13204 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13206 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13208 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13209 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13211 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13212 this function is called interactively.
13214 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13215 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13216 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13218 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13219 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13220 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13222 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13224 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13225 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13227 When called interactively:
13228 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13229 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13230 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13231 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13233 When called from a program:
13234 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13235 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13236 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13237 - otherwise just turn it on
13239 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13240 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13241 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13242 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13248 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13249 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13250 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13251 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13252 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17383 24126))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13255 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13256 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13257 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13258 or insert functions in this list.")
13260 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13262 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13263 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13265 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13267 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13268 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13270 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13272 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13273 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13275 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13277 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13278 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13280 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13282 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13283 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13284 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13286 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13288 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13289 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13290 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13293 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13295 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13296 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13297 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13298 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13299 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13301 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13303 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13304 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13305 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13306 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13307 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13309 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13310 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13311 undoes the expansion.
13315 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13316 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13317 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13318 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13320 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13324 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13325 ;;;;;; (17363 41687))
13326 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13328 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13329 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13330 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13332 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13333 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13334 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13335 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13336 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13338 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13339 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13340 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13341 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13345 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13346 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13347 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13349 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13351 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13353 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13355 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13356 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13357 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13359 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13360 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13366 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13367 ;;;;;; (17426 49056))
13368 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13370 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13371 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13372 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13374 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13378 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13379 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13381 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13382 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13383 different list. For example,
13385 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13386 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13388 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13389 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13391 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13392 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13393 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13394 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13397 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13399 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13403 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13404 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17382 34311))
13405 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13407 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13408 This function is obsolete.
13409 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13410 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13414 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13415 This function is obsolete.
13416 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13417 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13421 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13422 This function is obsolete.
13423 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13424 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13430 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17396
13432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13434 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13435 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13441 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13442 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13443 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13444 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13445 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13446 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13447 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13448 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13449 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13450 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13451 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13452 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13453 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13454 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13455 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13456 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13457 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13458 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13459 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13460 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13461 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13462 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13463 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17442 18621))
13464 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13466 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13467 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13468 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13472 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13473 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13475 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13477 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13478 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13480 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13482 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13483 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13485 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13488 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13492 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13493 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13495 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13497 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13498 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13500 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13501 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13502 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13503 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13504 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13505 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13506 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13507 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13508 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13509 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13510 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13511 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13513 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13516 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13518 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13519 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13523 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13524 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13528 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13529 Remove the first filter group.
13533 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13534 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13536 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13538 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13539 Remove all filter groups.
13543 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13544 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13548 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13549 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13550 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13554 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13555 Kill the filter group at point.
13556 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13558 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13560 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13561 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13565 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13566 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13570 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13571 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13572 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13573 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13575 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13577 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13578 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13579 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13583 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13584 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13585 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13586 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13587 of replacing the current filters.
13591 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13592 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13596 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13597 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13601 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13602 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13604 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13605 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13606 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13610 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13611 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13615 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13616 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13620 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13621 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13622 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13625 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13627 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13628 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13629 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13631 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13633 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13634 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13638 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13639 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13643 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13644 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13645 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13646 of replacing the current filters.
13649 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13650 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13651 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13652 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13653 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13654 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13655 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13656 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13658 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13659 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13660 Default sorting modes are:
13661 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13662 Name - the name of the buffer
13663 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13664 Size - the size of the buffer
13668 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13669 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13672 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13673 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13674 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13675 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13677 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13678 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13682 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13683 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13684 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13685 for this Ibuffer session.
13687 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13689 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13690 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13691 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13692 for this Ibuffer session.
13694 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13696 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13697 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13699 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13700 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13702 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13703 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13705 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13707 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13708 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13710 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13711 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13713 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13715 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13716 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13720 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13721 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13723 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13724 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13725 hidden group filter, open it.
13727 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13728 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13729 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13733 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13734 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13735 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13739 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13740 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13742 The names are separated by a space.
13743 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13745 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13746 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13747 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13748 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13750 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13754 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13755 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13757 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13759 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13760 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13762 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13764 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13765 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13767 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13769 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13770 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13774 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13775 Mark all modified buffers.
13779 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13780 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13784 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13785 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13789 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13790 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13794 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13795 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
13799 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13804 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13805 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13809 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13810 Mark all read-only buffers.
13814 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13815 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13819 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13820 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13821 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13824 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13828 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13829 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17383
13831 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13833 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13834 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13836 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13837 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13838 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13840 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13841 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13842 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13843 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13844 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13845 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13847 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13848 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13849 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13850 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13851 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13853 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13855 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13856 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13857 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13858 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13859 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13861 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13862 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13863 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13865 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13867 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13868 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13869 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13870 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13871 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13872 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13874 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13875 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13876 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13877 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13878 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13879 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13880 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13881 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13883 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13884 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13885 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13886 buffer's modification flag.
13887 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13888 prompted before performing this operation.
13889 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13890 operation is complete, in the form:
13891 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13892 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13893 confirmation message, in the form:
13894 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13895 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13896 macro for exactly what it does.
13898 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13900 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13901 Define a filter named NAME.
13902 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13903 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13904 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13906 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13907 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13908 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13909 bound to the current value of the filter.
13911 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13915 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13916 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17378 33493))
13917 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13920 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13921 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13922 buffers which are visiting a file.
13924 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13926 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13927 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13928 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13929 buffers which are visiting a file.
13931 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13933 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13934 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13935 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13937 All arguments are optional.
13938 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13939 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13940 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13941 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13942 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13943 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13944 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13945 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13946 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13947 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13948 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13949 that value locally in this buffer.
13951 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13955 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13956 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13957 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17397 11797))
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13960 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13961 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13962 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13963 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13965 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13967 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13968 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13969 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13970 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13972 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13973 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13974 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13976 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13978 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13979 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13980 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13981 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13982 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13983 non-marking or not.
13985 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13987 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13988 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13990 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13991 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13994 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13995 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13996 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13998 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14001 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14002 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14003 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14005 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14009 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17398
14011 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14013 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14014 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14015 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14017 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14019 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14021 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14023 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14024 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14025 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17388 22062))
14032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14034 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14035 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14036 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14037 Tab indents for Icon code.
14038 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14039 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14041 Variables controlling indentation style:
14042 icon-tab-always-indent
14043 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14044 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14046 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14047 inserted in Icon code.
14049 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14050 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14051 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14052 icon-continued-statement-offset
14053 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14054 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14055 icon-continued-brace-offset
14056 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14057 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14059 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14060 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14061 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14062 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14064 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14065 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14071 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14072 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
14073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14075 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14076 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14077 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14078 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14080 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14081 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14084 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14085 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14087 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14088 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14089 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14091 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14093 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14097 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14098 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
14099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14101 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14102 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
14104 The main features of this mode are
14106 1. Indentation and Formatting
14107 --------------------------
14108 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14109 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14111 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14112 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14113 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14114 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14116 Comments are indented as follows:
14118 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14119 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14120 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14122 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14124 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14125 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14126 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14127 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14128 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14129 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14131 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14132 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14133 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14134 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14138 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14139 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14140 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14141 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14142 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14143 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14144 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14145 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14146 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14147 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14151 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14152 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
14153 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
14154 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
14155 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
14156 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14160 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14161 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14162 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14163 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14164 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14167 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14168 --------------------------------
14169 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14170 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14172 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14173 \\fu FUNCTION template
14174 \\c CASE statement template
14175 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14176 \\f FOR loop template
14177 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14178 \\w WHILE loop template
14179 \\i IF statement template
14180 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14183 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14184 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14186 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14187 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14188 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14189 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14191 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14192 -------------------------
14193 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14194 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14196 7. Automatic END completion
14197 ------------------------
14198 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14199 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14203 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14204 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14206 9. Documentation and Customization
14207 -------------------------------
14208 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14209 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14210 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14211 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14212 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14216 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14217 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14218 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14220 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14227 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14228 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14229 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14230 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14231 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14232 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14233 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14234 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17435
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14238 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14239 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14240 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14241 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14243 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14244 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14245 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14248 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14250 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14252 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14253 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14254 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14255 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14256 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14257 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14258 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14259 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14260 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14264 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14265 Switch to another buffer.
14266 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14267 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14270 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14271 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14272 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14273 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14274 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14276 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14277 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14279 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14280 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14282 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14283 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14284 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14285 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14286 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14287 in a separate window.
14288 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14289 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14290 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14291 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14292 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14293 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14294 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
14295 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14296 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14300 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14301 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14302 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14303 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14307 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14308 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14309 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14310 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14314 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14316 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14317 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14321 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14322 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14323 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14324 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14328 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14329 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14330 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14331 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14335 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14336 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14340 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14341 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14342 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14343 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14344 visible in another frame.
14346 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14347 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14348 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14349 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14350 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14351 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14353 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14354 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14356 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14357 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14359 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14360 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14361 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14362 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14363 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14364 in a separate window.
14365 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14366 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14367 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14368 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14369 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14370 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14371 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14372 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14373 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14374 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14375 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14376 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14377 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14378 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14379 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14383 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14384 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14385 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14386 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14390 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14391 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14392 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14393 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14397 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14398 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14399 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14400 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14404 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14405 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14406 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14407 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14411 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14412 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14413 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14414 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14418 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14419 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14420 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14421 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14425 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14426 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14427 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14428 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14432 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14433 Write current buffer to a file.
14434 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14435 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14439 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14440 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14441 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14442 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14446 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14447 Call dired the ido way.
14448 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14449 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14453 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14454 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14455 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14456 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14457 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14458 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14460 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14462 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14463 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14464 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14465 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14467 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14469 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14470 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14471 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14472 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14474 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14476 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14477 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14478 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14479 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14480 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14481 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14482 with `completing-read'.
14483 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14484 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14485 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14486 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14487 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14488 with point positioned at the end.
14489 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14490 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14492 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14496 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17383 24126))
14497 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14498 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14500 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14501 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14502 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14508 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14509 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
14510 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14512 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14513 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14517 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14518 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14524 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14525 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14526 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14527 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17437 41119))
14528 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14530 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14531 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14532 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14535 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14537 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14538 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14539 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14544 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14545 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14546 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14549 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14551 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14552 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14553 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14556 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14558 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14559 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14560 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14562 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14564 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14566 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14567 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14568 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14569 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14570 use its file extension as image type.
14571 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14572 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14573 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14574 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14576 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14578 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14580 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14581 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14582 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14583 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14584 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14585 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14586 POS may be an integer or marker.
14587 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14588 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14589 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14590 means display it in the right marginal area.
14592 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14594 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14595 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14596 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14597 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14598 defaulted if you omit it.
14599 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14600 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14601 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14602 means display it in the right marginal area.
14603 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14604 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14605 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14606 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14607 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14609 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14611 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14612 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14613 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14614 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14615 defaulted if you omit it.
14616 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14617 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14618 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14619 means display it in the right marginal area.
14620 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14622 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14624 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14625 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14626 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14627 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14629 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14631 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14632 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14634 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14636 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14637 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14638 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14639 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14640 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14641 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14642 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14643 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14646 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14648 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14650 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14652 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14653 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14655 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14656 documentation string.
14658 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14659 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14660 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14661 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14662 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14663 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14664 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14669 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14670 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14672 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14676 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14677 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14678 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17383 24126))
14679 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14681 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14682 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14683 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14684 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14686 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14687 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14688 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14689 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14691 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14693 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14694 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14695 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14696 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14698 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14699 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14700 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14701 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14703 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14705 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14706 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14710 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14711 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14712 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14713 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14715 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14717 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14718 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14719 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14721 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14723 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14725 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14727 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14728 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14729 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14730 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14732 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14733 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14734 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14740 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14741 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17387 39216))
14742 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14743 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14744 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14745 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14746 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14747 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14748 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14750 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14751 Major mode for image files.
14752 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14753 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14757 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14758 Toggle Image minor mode.
14759 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14760 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14764 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14765 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14766 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14767 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14768 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14769 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14771 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14772 information on these modes.
14778 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14779 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17383 24126))
14780 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14782 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14783 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14785 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14787 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14788 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14791 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14793 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14794 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14795 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14797 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14799 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14800 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14802 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14803 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14804 pattern's structure.
14806 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14807 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14808 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14811 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14813 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14814 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14816 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14817 of the current buffer as an alist.
14819 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14820 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14821 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14822 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14823 if it is a sub-alist.
14825 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14827 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14829 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14830 Function for finding the next index position.
14832 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14833 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14834 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14837 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14838 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14840 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14842 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14843 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14845 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14846 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14847 It should return the name for that index item.")
14849 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14851 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14852 Function to compare string with index item.
14854 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14855 non-nil if they match.
14857 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14858 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14859 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14860 arguments match\".")
14862 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14864 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14865 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14866 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14868 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14870 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14872 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14874 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14875 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14876 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14877 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14881 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14882 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14884 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14888 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14889 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14890 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14891 for more information.
14893 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14897 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14898 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14899 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17339 56590))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14902 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14903 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14905 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14907 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14910 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14912 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14915 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14917 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14920 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14922 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14923 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14924 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14925 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14926 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14928 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14930 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14931 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14932 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14933 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14934 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14936 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14940 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14941 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14942 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17388 22062))
14943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14945 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14946 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14947 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14948 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14949 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14951 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14953 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14954 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14956 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14958 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14959 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14960 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14961 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14962 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14963 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14964 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14965 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14967 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14969 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14970 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14971 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14972 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14973 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14975 This variable is only used if the variable
14976 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14978 More precise choices:
14979 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14980 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14983 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14985 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14987 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14988 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14990 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14991 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14992 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14994 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14995 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14996 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14997 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15000 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15002 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15006 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15007 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15008 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15009 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17427 20646))
15010 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15012 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15013 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15015 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15016 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15017 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15019 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15020 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15021 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15022 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15023 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15024 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15025 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15026 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15027 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15028 with the top-level Info directory.
15030 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15031 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15032 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15033 appended to the Info buffer name.
15035 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15036 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15037 in all the directories in that path.
15039 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15041 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15042 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15046 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15047 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15048 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15049 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15053 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15054 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15055 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15056 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15058 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15060 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15061 Go to the Info directory node.
15065 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15066 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15067 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15068 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15069 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15070 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15072 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15074 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15075 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15076 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15078 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15080 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15081 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15082 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15083 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15084 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15086 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15087 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15089 Selecting other nodes:
15090 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15091 Follow a node reference you click on.
15092 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15093 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15094 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15095 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15096 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15097 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15098 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15099 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15100 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15101 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15102 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15103 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15104 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15105 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15106 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15107 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15108 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15109 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15110 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15111 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15113 Moving within a node:
15114 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15115 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15116 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15117 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15118 move up to the parent node.
15119 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15120 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15122 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15125 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15126 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15127 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15128 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15129 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15130 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15131 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15132 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15133 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15134 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15135 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15136 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15137 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15138 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15139 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15140 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15143 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15145 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15146 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15147 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15148 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15149 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15150 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15152 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15153 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15155 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15156 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15158 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15159 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15160 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15161 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15165 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15166 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15167 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15173 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15174 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15175 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
15176 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15178 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15179 Throw away all cached data.
15180 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15181 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15185 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15187 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15188 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15189 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15190 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15191 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15192 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15194 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15196 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15197 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15199 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15200 Display the documentation of a file.
15201 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15202 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15203 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15204 The default file name is the one found at point.
15206 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15208 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15210 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15211 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15213 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15215 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15216 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15218 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15222 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15223 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17383 24126))
15224 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15226 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15227 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15229 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15231 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15232 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15233 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15237 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15238 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15239 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15241 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15242 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15249 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15250 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17383 24126))
15251 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15253 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15254 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15256 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15258 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15259 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15260 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15262 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15263 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15264 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15266 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15267 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15268 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15269 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15273 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15274 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15275 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15279 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15280 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15281 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15282 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15283 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15289 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15290 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15291 ;;;;;; (17120 44797))
15292 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15294 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15295 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15299 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15300 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15304 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15307 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15311 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17383
15313 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15315 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15316 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15317 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15318 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15319 accessed via isearchb.
15325 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15326 ;;;;;; (17382 34311))
15327 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15329 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15330 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15331 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15332 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15333 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15334 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15336 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15337 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15339 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15340 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15341 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15342 \"s gives German sharp s.
15343 /a gives a with ring.
15344 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15345 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15346 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15347 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15349 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15350 and a negative argument disables it.
15352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15356 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15357 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15358 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15359 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17102 18714))
15360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15362 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15363 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15364 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15365 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15367 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15369 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15370 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15371 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15372 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15374 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15376 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15377 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15378 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15379 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15381 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15383 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15384 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15385 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15386 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15388 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15390 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15391 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15392 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15393 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15395 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15397 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15398 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15399 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15400 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15402 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15404 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15405 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15406 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15407 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15409 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15411 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15412 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15413 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15414 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15416 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15418 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15419 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15420 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15421 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15423 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15425 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15426 Warn that format is read-only.
15430 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15431 Warn that format is write-only.
15435 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15436 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15443 ;;;;;; (17102 18715))
15444 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15445 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15446 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15447 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15451 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15452 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15453 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15454 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15455 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15456 ;;;;;; (17436 5419))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15459 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15460 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15461 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15462 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15464 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15466 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15467 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15468 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15470 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15471 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15474 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15476 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15478 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15480 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15482 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15484 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15486 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15488 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15489 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15491 Each element of this list is also a list:
15493 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15494 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15496 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15497 nil means the default dictionary.
15499 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15502 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15504 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15505 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15506 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15507 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15508 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15509 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15510 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15511 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15512 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15514 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15515 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15516 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15517 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15518 for non-ASCII bytes.
15520 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15521 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15524 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15527 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15528 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15529 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15530 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15531 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15532 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15533 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15534 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15536 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15538 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15539 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15540 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15542 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15543 Key map for ispell menu.")
15545 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15546 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15547 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15548 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15550 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15552 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15554 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15556 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15558 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15559 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15560 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15561 Valid forms include:
15562 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15563 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15564 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15565 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15567 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15568 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15569 First list is used raw.
15570 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15572 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15573 for skipping in latex mode.")
15575 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15576 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15577 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15578 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15579 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15580 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15582 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15583 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15584 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15585 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15587 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15588 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15589 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15590 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15591 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15593 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15594 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15596 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15597 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15599 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15600 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15603 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15604 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15605 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15606 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15607 quit spell session exited.
15609 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15611 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15612 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15613 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15615 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15617 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15618 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15622 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15623 SPC: Accept word this time.
15624 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15625 `a': Accept word for this session.
15626 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15627 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15628 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15629 `?': Show these commands.
15630 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15631 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15632 the aborted check to be completed later.
15633 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15634 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15635 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15636 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15637 `C-l': redraws screen
15638 `C-r': recursive edit
15639 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15643 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15644 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15645 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15647 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15649 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15650 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15651 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15652 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15654 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15656 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15658 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15659 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15660 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15661 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15663 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15665 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15666 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15670 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15671 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15675 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15676 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15680 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15681 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15682 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15683 sequence inside of a word.
15685 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15687 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15689 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15690 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15694 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15695 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15696 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15697 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15699 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15700 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15701 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15702 available on the net.
15706 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15707 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15708 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15710 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15711 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15713 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15714 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15718 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15719 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15720 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15721 Don't check included messages.
15723 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15724 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15725 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15727 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15728 in your .emacs file:
15729 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15730 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15731 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15732 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15734 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15735 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15736 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15742 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17435
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15746 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15747 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15748 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15750 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15752 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15754 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15756 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15757 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15758 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15759 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15760 `iswitchb' for details.
15762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15766 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15767 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15768 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15769 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17102 18773))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15772 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15777 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15778 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15779 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15780 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15781 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15782 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15783 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15784 necessary to represent OBJ.
15786 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15788 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15789 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15790 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15791 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15793 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15795 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15796 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15797 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15798 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15799 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15801 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15803 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15804 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15805 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15806 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15808 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15810 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15811 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15812 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15813 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15815 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15817 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15818 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15820 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15822 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15823 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15824 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15825 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15826 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15828 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15830 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15831 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15832 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15833 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15834 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15836 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15838 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15839 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15840 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15842 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15846 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15847 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17410 23317))
15848 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15850 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15851 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15852 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15853 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15855 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15858 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15860 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15861 Uninstall jka-compr.
15862 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15863 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15864 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15870 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15871 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15872 ;;;;;; (17383 13537))
15873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15875 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15876 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15877 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15878 decimal key must be specified.")
15880 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15882 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15883 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15884 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15885 decimal key must be specified.")
15887 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15889 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15890 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15891 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15892 decimal key must be specified.")
15894 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15896 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15897 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15898 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15899 decimal key must be specified.")
15901 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15903 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15904 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15905 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15906 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15907 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15911 -------------------------------------------------------------
15912 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15913 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15914 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15915 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15916 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15917 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15918 in the global and local keymaps.
15920 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15921 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15923 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15927 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15928 ;;;;;; (17301 53989))
15929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15931 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15932 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15933 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15935 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15936 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15937 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15938 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15941 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15942 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15943 the context of text formatting.
15945 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15949 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17102
15951 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15953 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15954 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15955 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15956 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15957 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15958 positions that contains the current selection.")
15960 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15961 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15962 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15963 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15964 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15965 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15966 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15968 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15972 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15973 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15974 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15975 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17383 24126))
15976 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15977 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15978 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15979 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15980 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15981 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15982 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15983 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15985 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15986 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15987 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15988 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15989 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15991 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15993 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15994 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15995 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15997 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15998 defining the macro.
16000 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16001 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16002 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16004 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16005 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16009 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16010 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16011 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16012 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16013 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16016 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16017 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16018 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16022 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16023 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16024 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16026 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16027 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16028 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16029 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16031 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16032 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16034 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16036 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16037 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16038 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16040 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16043 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16044 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16046 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16047 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16048 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16050 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16051 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16055 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16056 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16057 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16058 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16060 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16062 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16063 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16064 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16065 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16067 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16068 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16070 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16072 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16073 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16074 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16076 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16080 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16081 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16082 ;;;;;; (17102 18774))
16083 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16085 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16087 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16090 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16092 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16095 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16097 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16100 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16104 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16105 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17102 18775))
16106 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16108 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16109 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16110 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16112 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16119 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16120 ;;;;;; (17393 12443))
16121 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16123 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16125 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16126 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16130 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16132 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16133 Start or resume an Lm game.
16134 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16135 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16137 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16138 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16139 none / 1 | yes | no
16144 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16145 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16146 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16152 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16153 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16154 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17102
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16158 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16161 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16163 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16164 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16165 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16166 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16167 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16168 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16170 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16171 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16173 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16175 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16176 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16178 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16180 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16183 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16185 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16186 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16187 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16188 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16191 The return value is number of composed characters.
16193 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16195 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16198 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16202 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16203 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16204 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17370 39824))
16205 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16207 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16208 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16209 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16210 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16212 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16214 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16215 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16216 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16218 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16220 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16221 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16222 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16226 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16227 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16228 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16229 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16231 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16235 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16236 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17102 18720))
16237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16239 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16240 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16241 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16242 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16243 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16244 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16245 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16246 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16248 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16249 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16252 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16254 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16256 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16257 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16258 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16259 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16260 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16261 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16262 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16263 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16265 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16267 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16268 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16269 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16270 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16273 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16275 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16279 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16280 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17382 34311))
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16283 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16284 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16285 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16286 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16288 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16290 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16291 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16294 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16296 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16297 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16298 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16299 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16300 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16303 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16304 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16305 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16306 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16307 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16309 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16310 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16311 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16312 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16313 slow to keep up with your typing.
16315 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16316 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16317 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16318 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16319 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16320 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16322 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16323 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16324 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16325 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16327 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16328 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16329 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16330 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16332 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16333 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16334 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16335 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16336 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16340 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16341 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16347 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16348 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
16349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16351 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16353 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16355 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16356 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16362 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16363 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
16364 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16366 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16367 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16369 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16370 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16372 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16373 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16375 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16376 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16377 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16378 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16379 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16380 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16381 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16382 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16383 and transmit saved text.
16385 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16386 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16390 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16397 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17382 1892))
16398 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16400 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16401 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16402 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16403 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16404 generations (this defaults to 1).
16406 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16410 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17410
16412 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16414 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16415 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16416 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16417 is nil, raise an error.
16419 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16420 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16421 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16422 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16423 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16424 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16425 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16426 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16427 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16429 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16433 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16434 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17432 49887))
16435 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16437 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16438 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16439 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16441 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16443 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16444 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16445 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16446 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16448 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16449 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16450 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16451 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16452 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16453 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16456 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16457 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16459 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16460 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16462 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16464 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16465 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16466 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16467 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16468 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16469 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16470 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16471 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16472 to constrain a big search.
16474 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16475 except that FILTER is not optional.
16477 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16481 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17383 24126))
16482 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16484 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16485 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16486 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16487 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16488 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16489 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16490 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16491 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16492 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16493 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16494 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16495 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16496 uses the current buffer.
16498 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16502 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17383
16504 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16506 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16507 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16513 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17383
16515 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16517 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16518 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16519 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16520 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16521 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16523 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16524 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16525 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16527 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16528 are indicated with a symbol.
16530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16534 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16535 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17383
16537 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16539 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16541 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16543 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16544 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16545 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16547 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16548 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16550 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16551 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16552 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16553 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16554 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16555 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16556 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16558 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16560 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16561 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16562 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16563 switch on this list.
16564 See `lpr-command'.")
16566 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16568 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16569 *Name of program for printing a file.
16571 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16572 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16573 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16574 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16575 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16576 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16579 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16581 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16582 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16583 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16584 for customization of the printer command.
16588 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16589 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16591 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16592 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16593 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16594 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16596 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16597 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16599 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16600 for further customization of the printer command.
16604 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16605 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16606 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16607 for customization of the printer command.
16609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16611 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16612 Paginate and print the region contents.
16614 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16615 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16616 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16617 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16619 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16620 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16622 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16623 for further customization of the printer command.
16625 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16629 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16630 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
16631 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16633 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16634 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16635 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16637 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16641 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17385
16643 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16645 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16646 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16647 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16649 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16655 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17388
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16659 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16660 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16667 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16668 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
16669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16671 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16672 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16673 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16674 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16675 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16677 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16681 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16682 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17383 24126))
16683 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16685 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16686 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16687 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16688 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16689 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16691 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16693 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16694 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16695 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16696 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16698 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16699 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16700 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16701 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16704 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16705 use this command, and then save the file.
16707 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16709 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16710 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16711 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16712 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16713 each time the macro executes.
16714 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16715 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16716 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16717 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16718 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16719 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16720 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16724 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16725 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16726 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16727 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16729 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16730 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16731 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16734 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16735 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16737 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16738 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16739 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16740 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16741 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16743 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16746 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16747 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16748 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16750 You could enter the names in this format:
16756 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16759 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16762 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16763 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16765 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16766 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16770 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16771 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17383 16812))
16772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16774 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16775 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16776 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16777 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16778 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16779 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16781 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16782 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16783 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16784 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16785 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16787 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16788 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16789 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16792 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16794 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16795 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16797 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16801 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16802 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16803 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
16804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16806 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16807 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16811 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16816 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16817 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16819 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16821 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16822 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16823 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16826 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16832 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16833 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16834 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17383
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16838 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16839 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16840 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16841 often correct parser.")
16843 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16845 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16848 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16850 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16851 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16852 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16853 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16855 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16857 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16858 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16859 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16860 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16862 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16864 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16865 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16866 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16867 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16868 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16869 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16870 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16873 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16875 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16876 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16877 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16878 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16879 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16880 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16882 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16886 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16887 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17383 16812))
16888 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16890 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16891 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16895 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16896 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16897 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16899 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16901 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16902 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16903 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16905 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16909 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16910 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17383
16912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16914 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16915 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16916 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16918 If `parens', they look like:
16919 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16920 If `angles', they look like:
16921 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16923 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16925 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16926 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16927 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16928 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16929 their `Resent-' variants.
16931 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16932 removed from alias expansions.
16934 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16936 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16937 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16938 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16940 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16941 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16942 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16943 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16945 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16947 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16948 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16949 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16950 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16956 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16957 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
16958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16960 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
16961 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16962 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16963 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16969 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16970 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16971 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17388 22062))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16974 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16975 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16977 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16978 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16979 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16980 `makefile-imake-mode'All but the
16981 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16982 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16983 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16985 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16986 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16987 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16988 dependency, despite the colon.
16990 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16992 In the browser, use the following keys:
16994 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16996 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16998 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16999 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17001 `makefile-target-colon':
17002 The string that gets appended to all target names
17003 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17004 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17006 `makefile-macro-assign':
17007 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17008 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17009 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17010 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17011 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17012 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17014 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17015 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17016 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17018 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17019 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17021 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17022 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17023 up or down in the browser.
17025 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17026 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17028 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17029 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17031 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17032 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17033 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17034 has been selected in the browser.
17036 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17037 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17038 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17039 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17040 filenames are omitted.
17042 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17043 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17044 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17045 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17046 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17047 the backslash itself intact.
17048 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17049 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17051 `makefile-browser-hook':
17052 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17053 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17055 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17056 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17057 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17058 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17062 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17063 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17067 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17068 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17072 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17073 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17077 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17078 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17082 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17083 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17089 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17383
17091 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17093 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17094 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17095 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17101 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17383 24126))
17102 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17104 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17106 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17107 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17108 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17109 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17110 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17111 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17112 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17114 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17115 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17116 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17117 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17119 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17121 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17122 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17124 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17128 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17148 25016))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17131 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17132 Toggle Master mode.
17133 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17134 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17135 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17137 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17138 following commands:
17140 \\{master-mode-map}
17142 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17143 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17144 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17150 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17390
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17154 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17156 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17157 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17158 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17160 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17162 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17164 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17166 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17167 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17168 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17169 created in the future.
17170 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17171 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17178 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17179 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17180 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17181 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17182 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17183 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17184 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17185 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17186 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17187 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17437 45960))
17188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17190 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17191 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17193 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17195 If `parens', they look like:
17196 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17197 If `angles', they look like:
17198 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17200 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17201 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17203 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17205 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17206 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17208 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17210 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17211 *Local news organization file.")
17213 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17215 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17216 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17217 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17218 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17220 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17221 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17222 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17224 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17226 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17228 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17229 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17231 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17232 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17233 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17234 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17236 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17238 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17239 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17240 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17241 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17243 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17245 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17246 *Function for citing an original message.
17247 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17248 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17249 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17251 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17253 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17254 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17255 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17256 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17257 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17259 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17261 (defvar message-signature t "\
17262 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17263 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17264 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17265 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17267 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17269 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17270 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17271 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17272 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17274 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17276 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17277 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17279 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17281 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17283 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17284 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17285 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17286 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17287 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17288 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17289 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17290 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17291 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17292 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17293 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17294 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17295 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17296 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17297 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17298 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17299 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17300 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17301 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17302 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17303 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17304 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17305 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17306 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17307 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17308 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17309 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17310 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17311 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17312 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17313 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17314 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17315 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17316 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17317 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17318 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17319 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17323 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17324 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17325 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17327 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17329 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17330 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17332 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17334 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17335 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17337 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17339 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17340 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17342 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17344 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17345 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17346 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17348 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17350 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17351 Cancel an article you posted.
17352 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17356 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17357 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17358 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17359 header line with the old Message-ID.
17363 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17364 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17368 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17369 Forward the current message via mail.
17370 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17371 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17373 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17375 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17378 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17380 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17383 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17385 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17386 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17390 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17391 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17393 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17395 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17396 Re-mail the current message.
17397 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17398 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17403 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17404 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17406 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17408 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17409 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17411 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17413 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17414 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17416 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17418 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17419 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17421 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17423 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17424 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17425 Works by overstriking characters.
17426 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17427 which specify the range to operate on.
17429 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17431 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17432 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17433 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17434 which specify the range to operate on.
17436 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17440 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17441 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
17442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17444 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17445 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17449 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17450 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17454 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17455 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17459 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17460 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17466 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17467 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17468 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
17469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17471 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17472 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17473 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17477 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17478 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17479 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17480 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17481 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17482 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17483 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17485 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17487 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17488 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17489 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17490 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17491 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17493 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17494 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17496 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17498 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17499 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17500 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17501 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17502 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17504 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17505 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17507 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17511 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17512 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17513 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17437 48486))
17514 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17516 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17517 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17518 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17522 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17523 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17524 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17528 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17529 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17531 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17532 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17533 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17535 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17536 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17538 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17539 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17541 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17543 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17545 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17546 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17547 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17548 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17549 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17552 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17553 initial Subject field, respectively.
17555 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17556 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17559 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17562 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17564 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17565 Save draft and send message.
17567 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17568 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17569 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17572 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17573 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17574 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17576 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17577 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17578 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17579 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17580 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17581 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17583 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17584 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17588 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17589 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17591 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17592 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17593 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17594 delete the draft message.
17600 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17448 13451))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17603 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17605 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17607 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17609 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17610 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17616 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17617 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17432 18686))
17618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17620 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17621 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17622 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17624 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17625 the MH mail system.
17627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17629 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17630 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17631 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17633 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17634 the MH mail system.
17636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17638 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17639 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17641 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17642 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17643 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17646 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17647 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17648 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17651 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17655 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17656 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17657 can be used in several ways.
17659 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17660 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17661 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17662 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17666 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17667 The range must be nonempty.
17672 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17673 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17680 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17683 All of the messages.
17685 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17686 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17688 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17689 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17690 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17692 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17698 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17699 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17416 12817))
17700 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17702 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17703 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17704 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17705 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17706 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17707 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17708 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17709 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17710 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17711 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17712 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17716 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17717 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17718 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17719 to its second argument TM.
17721 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17725 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17726 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17383 24126))
17727 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17729 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17730 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17731 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17733 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17735 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17737 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17739 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17740 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17741 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17742 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17743 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17744 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17745 default indication.
17747 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17748 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17754 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17755 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
17756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17758 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17759 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17764 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17768 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17769 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17770 ;;;;;; (17339 56590))
17771 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17773 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17776 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17778 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17781 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17783 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17784 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17785 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17788 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17792 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17793 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17437 45960))
17794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17796 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
17797 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17799 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17801 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17802 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17803 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17804 the entire message.
17805 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17807 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17811 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17812 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
17813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17815 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17816 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17817 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17818 the entire message.
17819 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17821 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17825 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17826 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17382 1052))
17827 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17829 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17830 Insert file contents of URL.
17831 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17833 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17835 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17836 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17838 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17842 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17843 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17437 45961))
17844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17846 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17847 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17848 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17849 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17850 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17852 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17854 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
17855 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17856 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17858 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17862 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17863 ;;;;;; (17388 8140))
17864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17866 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17869 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17871 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17874 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17878 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17879 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17880 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17388 8140))
17881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17883 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17886 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17888 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17891 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17893 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17896 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17898 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17901 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17903 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17906 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17908 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17911 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17913 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17920 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17921 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
17922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17924 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17925 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17926 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17927 followed by the first character of the construct.
17929 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17930 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17931 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17932 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17933 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17934 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17935 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17936 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17937 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17938 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17939 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17940 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17941 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17944 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17945 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17946 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17952 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17953 ;;;;;; (17382 1892))
17954 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17956 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17957 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17959 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17961 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17962 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17964 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17968 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17383
17970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17972 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17973 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17974 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17976 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17978 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17980 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17982 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17983 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17984 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17985 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17987 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17989 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17991 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17993 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17994 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17995 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17996 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17997 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17998 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18000 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18001 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18002 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18003 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18004 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18006 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18007 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18009 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18010 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18012 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18014 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18015 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18016 primary selection and region.
18018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18022 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17382 1892))
18023 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18025 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18026 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18032 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17383 24126))
18033 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18035 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18036 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18037 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18039 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18041 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18043 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18045 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18047 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18048 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18049 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18055 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18056 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18057 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18058 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18059 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18060 ;;;;;; (17239 32324))
18061 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18063 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18064 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18065 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18066 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18067 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18068 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18069 set of ISO charsets.
18071 Each element has the following format:
18072 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18074 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18076 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18077 CHARSET are mapped.
18079 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18080 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18081 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18082 character code in CHARSET.
18084 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18085 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18086 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18088 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18089 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18091 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18092 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18094 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18095 Display a list of all character sets.
18097 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18098 internal Emacs use.
18100 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18101 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18102 hexadecimal digits.
18103 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18104 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18106 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18107 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18108 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18109 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18111 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18112 but still shows the full information.
18116 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18117 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18118 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18119 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18120 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18122 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18123 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18124 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18125 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18126 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18128 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18130 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18131 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18132 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18133 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18134 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18136 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18138 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18139 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18141 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18143 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18144 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18146 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18148 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18149 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18151 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18152 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18154 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18155 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18156 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18157 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18158 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18159 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18160 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18161 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18162 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18163 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18164 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18165 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18166 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18167 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18168 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18169 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18173 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18174 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18178 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18179 Display a list of all coding systems.
18180 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18182 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18183 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18187 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18188 Display a list of all coding categories.
18192 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18193 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18195 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18197 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18198 Display information about FONTSET.
18199 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18201 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18203 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18204 Display a list of all fontsets.
18205 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18206 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18207 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18211 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18212 Display information about all input methods.
18216 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18217 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18219 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18220 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18221 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18222 system which uses fontsets).
18228 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18229 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18230 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18231 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18232 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18233 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17102 18726))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18236 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18237 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18238 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18240 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18242 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18244 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18245 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18247 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18248 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18250 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18251 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18253 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18255 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18256 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18257 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18258 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18259 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18260 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18261 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18263 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18264 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18265 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18266 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18267 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18268 middle of a character in STR.
18270 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18271 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18273 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18274 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18275 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18276 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18277 defaults to \"...\".
18279 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18281 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18282 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18284 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18285 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18286 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18288 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18289 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18290 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18292 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18293 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18294 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18296 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18297 longer than KEYSEQ.
18298 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18300 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18302 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18303 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18304 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18305 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18306 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18307 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18308 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18309 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18310 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18311 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18312 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18314 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18316 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18317 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18319 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18321 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18322 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18324 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18326 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18327 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18329 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18331 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18332 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18334 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18336 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18337 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18338 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18339 coding systems ordered by priority.
18341 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18343 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18344 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18345 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18346 language environment LANG-ENV.
18348 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18350 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18351 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18352 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18353 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18354 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18355 basis, this may not be accurate.
18357 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18361 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18362 ;;;;;; (17393 49300))
18363 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18365 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18366 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18367 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18368 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18369 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18371 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18373 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18375 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18376 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18377 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18378 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18382 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18383 Enable mouse wheel support.
18385 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18389 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18390 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18391 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18392 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17383 13296))
18393 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18395 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18396 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18398 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18400 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18402 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18403 `ping-program-options'.
18407 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18408 Run ipconfig program.
18412 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18414 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18415 Run netstat program.
18419 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18420 Run the arp program.
18424 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18425 Run the route program.
18429 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18430 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18434 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18435 Run nslookup program.
18439 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18440 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18444 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18449 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18454 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18455 Finger USER on HOST.
18457 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18459 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18460 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18461 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18462 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18464 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18466 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18471 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18472 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18474 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18476 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18477 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18479 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18483 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18484 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18485 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18486 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18487 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18488 ;;;;;; (17379 35991))
18489 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18491 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18493 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18495 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18497 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18499 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18500 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18501 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18502 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18503 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18504 Major modes should set this variable.")
18506 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18507 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18508 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18509 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18510 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18511 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18513 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18515 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18516 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18518 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18519 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18520 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18521 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18523 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18524 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18526 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18527 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18528 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18530 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18531 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18532 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18533 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18534 column indentation or nil.
18535 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18537 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18538 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18539 The function has no args.
18541 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18542 comments always start in column zero.")
18544 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18545 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18546 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18548 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18550 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18551 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18552 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18553 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18555 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18556 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18558 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18560 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18561 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18562 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18563 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18564 customize this variable.
18566 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18567 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18569 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18571 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18572 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18573 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18574 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18575 the variables are properly set.
18577 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18579 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18580 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18584 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18585 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18586 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18588 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18590 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18591 Set the comment column based on point.
18592 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18593 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18594 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18595 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18599 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18600 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18601 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18605 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18606 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18607 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18610 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18612 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18613 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18614 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18615 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18616 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18617 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18618 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18619 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18621 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18622 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18624 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18626 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18627 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18628 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18629 is passed on to the respective function.
18631 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18633 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18634 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18635 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18636 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18637 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18638 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18639 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18640 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18641 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18645 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18646 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18647 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18649 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18651 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18652 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18653 This indents the body of the continued comment
18654 under the previous comment line.
18656 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18657 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18658 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18660 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18661 or comment indentation.
18663 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18664 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18666 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18670 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18671 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18672 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17383 13296))
18673 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18675 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18676 Check whether newsticker is running.
18677 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18678 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18682 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18683 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18684 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18685 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18690 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18691 Start the newsticker.
18692 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18693 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18694 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18695 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18697 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18699 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18700 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18701 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18706 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18707 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18713 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18714 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
18715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18717 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18718 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18720 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18724 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17382
18726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18728 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18729 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18730 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18731 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18732 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18733 symbol in the alist.
18735 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18739 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18740 ;;;;;; (17388 8140))
18741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18743 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18744 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18745 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18751 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18752 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
18753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18755 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18756 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18757 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18763 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18764 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
18765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18767 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18768 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18770 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18774 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18775 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17382 1052))
18776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18778 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18779 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18783 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18784 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18788 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18789 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18795 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18796 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17383 24126))
18797 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18799 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18800 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18801 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18803 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18805 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18808 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18810 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18811 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18812 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18813 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18814 to future sessions.
18816 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18818 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18819 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18820 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18821 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18822 to future sessions.
18824 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18828 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18829 ;;;;;; (17383 55314))
18830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18832 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18833 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18835 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18836 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18837 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18843 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18844 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
18845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18847 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18848 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18849 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18850 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18851 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18857 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18858 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
18859 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18861 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18862 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18863 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18865 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18867 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18868 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18870 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18871 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18872 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18876 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18880 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18881 ;;;;;; (17426 59496))
18882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18884 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18885 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18887 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18888 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18889 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18890 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18892 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18893 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18894 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18895 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18896 is why you need this mode!).
18898 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18899 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18900 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18902 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18907 \\{octave-mode-map}
18909 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18910 ==============================================
18913 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18916 octave-auto-newline
18917 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18920 octave-blink-matching-block
18921 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18922 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18924 octave-block-offset
18925 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18928 octave-continuation-offset
18929 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18932 octave-continuation-string
18933 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18934 Default is a backslash.
18936 octave-mode-startup-message
18937 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18940 octave-send-echo-input
18941 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18942 command to the inferior Octave process.
18944 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18945 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18946 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18948 octave-send-echo-input
18949 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18951 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18953 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18954 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18956 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18957 (setq auto-mode-alist
18958 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18960 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18961 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18963 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18967 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18968 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18970 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18971 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18972 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18973 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18979 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18980 ;;;;;; (17382 34311))
18981 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18983 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18984 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18985 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18989 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18990 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18991 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18992 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18993 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18995 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19001 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19002 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
19003 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19004 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19005 ;;;;;; (17447 40021))
19006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19008 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19009 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19010 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19012 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19013 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19014 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19015 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19016 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19017 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19018 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19019 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19020 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19021 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19023 The following commands are available:
19029 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
19030 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
19032 The following commands are available:
19034 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
19038 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19039 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19040 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19041 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19043 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19044 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19045 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19046 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19047 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19048 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19049 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19051 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19052 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19053 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19055 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19056 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19057 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19061 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19062 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19063 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19064 will be able to go to other weeks.
19065 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19066 also be shown, under the current date.
19067 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19068 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19069 to turn on logging.
19070 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19071 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19072 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19074 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19076 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19077 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19078 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19079 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19080 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19081 `org-todo-keywords'.
19083 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19085 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19086 Return diary information from org-files.
19087 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19088 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19089 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19090 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19092 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19093 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19094 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19096 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19097 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19098 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19099 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19101 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19102 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19103 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19105 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19106 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19107 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19108 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19110 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19112 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19114 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19115 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19119 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19120 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19123 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19125 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19126 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19127 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19129 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19131 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19132 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19133 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19135 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19137 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19138 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19139 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19140 \\[org-insert-link].
19141 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19142 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19143 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19147 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19148 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19149 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19150 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19151 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19155 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19156 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19157 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19158 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19159 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19160 file the text at a specific location.
19161 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19162 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19163 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19165 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19166 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19167 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19168 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19169 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19170 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19171 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19172 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19174 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19175 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19176 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19177 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19179 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19180 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19181 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19183 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19184 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19185 \(i.e. after the stars).
19187 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19191 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19192 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19196 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19197 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19201 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19202 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19203 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19204 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19208 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19209 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19210 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19216 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19217 ;;;;;; (17419 48998))
19218 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19220 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19221 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19222 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19223 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19225 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19226 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19227 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19228 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19230 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19231 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19232 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19233 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19234 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19235 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19237 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19238 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19239 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19241 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19242 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19243 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19244 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19245 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19246 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19247 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19248 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19249 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19250 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19251 The subheadings remain visible.
19252 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19254 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19255 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19256 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19258 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19259 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19263 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19264 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19265 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19266 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17383 24126))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19275 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19276 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19277 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19279 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19281 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19283 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19285 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19286 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19287 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19288 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19290 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19291 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19297 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19298 ;;;;;; (17385 41891))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19301 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19302 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19303 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19304 unknown are returned as nil.
19306 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19310 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17388
19312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19314 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19315 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19316 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19318 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19319 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19321 Other useful functions are:
19323 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19324 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19325 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19326 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19327 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19328 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19329 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19330 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19331 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19333 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19335 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19336 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19337 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19338 Indentation for case statements.
19339 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19340 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19342 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19343 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19344 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19345 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19346 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19347 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19348 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19349 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19350 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19351 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19353 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19354 pascal-separator-keywords.
19356 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19357 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19363 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19364 ;;;;;; (17383 13537))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19367 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19368 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19369 The keys affected are:
19370 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19371 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19372 M-Backspace does undo.
19373 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19374 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19375 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19381 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19382 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17383 13537))
19383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19385 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19386 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19387 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19389 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19391 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19393 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19395 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19396 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19398 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19400 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19401 which modify the status of the mark.
19403 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19404 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19406 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19407 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19409 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19410 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19411 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19412 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19413 turning PC Selection mode on.
19415 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19416 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19418 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19419 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19420 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19422 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19423 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19424 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19426 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19427 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19429 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19430 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19431 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19433 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19434 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19435 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19441 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19442 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19447 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19448 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19449 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19450 and cursor movement commands.
19451 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19452 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19453 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19455 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19459 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17383
19461 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19463 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19464 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19470 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19471 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17383 24126))
19472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19474 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19475 Completion for `gzip'.
19479 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19480 Completion for `bzip2'.
19484 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19485 Completion for GNU `make'.
19489 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19490 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19494 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19498 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19499 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17383 24126))
19500 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19502 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19503 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19507 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19508 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19512 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19513 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19519 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17383
19521 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19523 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19524 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19525 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19526 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19527 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19528 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19534 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19535 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19536 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17383 24126))
19537 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19539 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19540 Completion for `cd'.
19544 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19546 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19547 Completion for `rmdir'.
19551 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19552 Completion for `rm'.
19556 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19557 Completion for `xargs'.
19561 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19563 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19564 Completion for `which'.
19568 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19569 Completion for the `chown' command.
19573 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19574 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19580 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19581 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19582 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17383
19584 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19586 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19587 Support extensible programmable completion.
19588 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19589 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19591 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19593 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19594 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19598 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19599 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19600 This will modify the current buffer.
19604 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19605 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19609 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19610 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19611 This will modify the current buffer.
19615 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19616 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19620 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19621 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19625 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19626 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19627 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19628 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19629 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19631 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19633 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19634 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19640 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19641 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19642 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17383 24126))
19643 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19645 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19646 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19647 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19648 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19650 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19652 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19654 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19655 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19656 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19657 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19658 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19659 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19662 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19664 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19665 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19666 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19667 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19668 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19669 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19670 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19671 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19673 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19675 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19676 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19677 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19678 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19679 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19680 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19681 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19684 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19686 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19687 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19688 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19689 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19690 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19691 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19692 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19694 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19696 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19698 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19699 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19700 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19702 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19704 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19705 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19706 nil means never do it.
19707 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19708 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19709 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19711 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19713 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19714 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19715 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17383 24126))
19720 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19722 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19726 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19727 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
19728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19730 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19731 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19732 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19733 Tab indents for Perl code.
19734 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19735 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19736 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19738 Variables controlling indentation style:
19739 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19740 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19741 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19742 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19743 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19744 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19745 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19747 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19748 `perl-indent-level'
19749 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19750 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19751 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19752 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19753 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19754 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19755 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19756 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19757 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19758 `perl-brace-offset'
19759 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19760 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19761 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19762 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19763 `perl-label-offset'
19764 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19765 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19766 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19768 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19769 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19770 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19771 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19772 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19773 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19774 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19776 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19782 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19783 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19784 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
19785 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17383 24126))
19786 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19788 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19789 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19791 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19793 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19794 passphrase cache or user.
19796 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19798 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
19799 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
19801 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19804 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19806 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
19807 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
19809 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19812 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19813 passphrase cache or user.
19815 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19817 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19818 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19820 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19822 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19825 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19826 passphrase cache or user.
19828 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19830 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19831 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19833 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19834 passphrase cache or user.
19836 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19838 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19839 Decrypt the current buffer.
19841 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19844 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19845 passphrase cache or user.
19847 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19849 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19850 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19852 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19853 a detached signature.
19855 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19856 and the the output is displayed.
19858 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19859 passphrase cache or user.
19861 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19863 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19864 Sign the current buffer.
19866 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19867 detached signature.
19869 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19872 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19873 and the the output is displayed.
19875 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19876 passphrase cache or user.
19878 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19880 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19881 Verify the current region between START and END.
19882 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19883 the detached signature of the current region.
19885 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19886 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19888 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19890 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19891 Verify the current buffer.
19892 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19893 the detached signature of the current region.
19894 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19895 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19896 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19899 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19901 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19902 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19906 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19907 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19909 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19911 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19912 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19918 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19919 ;;;;;; (17383 15658))
19920 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19922 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19923 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19924 \\<picture-mode-map>
19925 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19926 afterwards settable by these commands:
19928 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
19929 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
19930 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
19931 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
19933 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
19934 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
19935 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
19936 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
19938 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
19939 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
19940 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
19941 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
19943 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19944 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19945 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19946 with these commands:
19948 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
19949 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
19950 Move to column following last
19951 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
19952 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
19953 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
19954 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
19955 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
19956 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
19958 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19960 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
19961 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
19962 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
19963 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
19964 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
19965 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
19967 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19968 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
19969 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
19970 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
19971 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
19972 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
19973 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
19975 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19976 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
19977 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
19978 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
19979 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
19980 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
19981 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
19982 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
19984 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
19985 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
19986 by supplying an argument.
19988 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19990 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19991 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19995 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19999 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20000 ;;;;;; (17383 15658))
20001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20003 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20004 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20005 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20007 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20011 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17382 1892))
20012 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20014 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20015 Play pong and waste time.
20016 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20017 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20019 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20027 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20028 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17383 16118))
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20031 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20032 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20033 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20034 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20036 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20038 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20039 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20043 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20044 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20045 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20046 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20047 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20049 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20051 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20052 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20053 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20054 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20055 in the variable `values'.
20057 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20059 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20060 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20061 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20062 Ignores leading comment characters.
20068 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20069 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20070 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20071 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20072 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20073 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20074 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20075 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20076 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20077 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20078 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20079 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20080 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20081 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20082 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20083 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20084 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20085 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20086 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
20087 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20089 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20090 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20092 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20094 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20096 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20098 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20099 Preview directory using ghostview.
20101 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20102 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20103 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20104 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20106 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20107 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20108 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20109 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20110 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20113 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20115 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20117 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20118 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20120 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20121 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20122 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20123 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20125 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20126 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20127 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20128 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20129 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20132 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20134 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20136 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20137 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20139 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20140 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20141 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20142 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20144 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20145 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20146 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20147 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20148 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20151 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20153 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20155 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20156 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20158 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20160 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20161 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20162 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20163 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20165 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20166 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20167 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20168 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20169 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20172 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20174 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20176 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20177 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20179 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20180 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20181 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20183 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20184 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20185 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20186 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20188 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20190 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20191 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20193 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20194 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20195 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20197 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20198 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20199 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20200 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20202 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20204 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20205 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20207 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20208 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20209 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20211 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20212 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20213 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20214 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20216 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20218 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20219 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20221 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20223 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20224 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20225 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20227 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20228 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20229 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20230 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20232 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20234 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20235 Preview region using ghostview.
20237 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20239 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20241 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20242 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20244 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20246 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20248 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20249 Print region using PostScript printer.
20251 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20253 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20255 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20256 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20258 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20260 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20262 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20263 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20265 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20267 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20269 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20270 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20272 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20274 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20276 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20277 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20279 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20281 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20283 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20284 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20286 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20288 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20290 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20291 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20292 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20293 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20295 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20298 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20299 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20301 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20303 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20305 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20306 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20307 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20308 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20312 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20313 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20314 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20315 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20319 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20320 Print directory using text printer.
20322 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20325 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20326 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20328 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20330 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20332 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20333 Print buffer using text printer.
20337 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20338 Print region using text printer.
20342 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20343 Print major mode using text printer.
20347 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20348 Preview spooled PostScript.
20350 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20351 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20352 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20354 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20355 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20356 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20358 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20360 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20361 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20363 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20364 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20365 instead of sending it to the printer.
20367 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20368 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20369 image in a file with that name.
20371 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20373 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20374 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20376 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20377 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20378 instead of sending it to the printer.
20380 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20381 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20382 image in a file with that name.
20384 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20386 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20387 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20389 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20390 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20391 instead of sending it to the printer.
20393 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20394 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20395 image in a file with that name.
20397 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20399 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20400 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20402 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20404 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20405 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20407 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20409 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20410 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20412 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20414 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20415 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20417 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20419 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20420 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20422 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20424 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20425 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20427 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20428 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20429 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20430 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20432 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20433 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20434 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20435 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20436 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20437 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20440 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20442 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20443 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20447 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20448 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20450 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20452 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20457 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20458 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20462 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20463 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20467 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20468 Toggle printing with faces.
20472 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20477 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20482 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20485 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20487 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20492 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20497 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20498 Toggle upside-down.
20502 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20503 Toggle line number.
20507 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20508 Toggle zebra stripes.
20512 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20513 Toggle printing header.
20517 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20518 Toggle printing header frame.
20522 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20527 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20528 Toggle auto region.
20532 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20537 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20538 Customization of the `printing' group.
20540 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20542 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20543 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20545 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20547 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20548 Help for the printing package.
20550 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20552 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20553 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20557 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20558 Interactively select a text printer.
20562 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20563 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20567 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20568 Show current ps-print settings.
20570 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20572 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20573 Show current printing settings.
20575 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20577 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20578 Show current lpr settings.
20580 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20582 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20583 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20585 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20586 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20587 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20588 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20591 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20593 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20594 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20595 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20597 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20598 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20599 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20600 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20601 current active printer.
20603 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20604 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20605 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20608 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20609 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20610 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20611 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20612 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20615 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20616 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20618 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20620 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20621 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20622 be done using the new current active printer.
20624 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20625 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20628 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20629 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20630 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20631 instead of sending it to the printer.
20633 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20634 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20637 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20640 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20643 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20645 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20646 Fast fire function for text printing.
20648 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20649 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20650 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20651 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20653 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20654 user for a new active text printer.
20656 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20658 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20660 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20661 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20664 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20666 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20669 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20673 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20674 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
20675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20677 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20678 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20679 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20681 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20682 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20683 if that value is non-nil.
20687 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20688 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17383 24126))
20695 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20697 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20698 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20699 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20703 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17388
20705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20707 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20708 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20710 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20712 The following variables hold user options, and can
20713 be set through the `customize' command:
20715 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20717 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20718 `ps-mode-print-function'
20720 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20724 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20727 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20733 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20734 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20735 The keymap for this second window is:
20737 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20740 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20741 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20742 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20743 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20744 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20750 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20751 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20752 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20753 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17383 24126))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20756 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20757 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20761 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20762 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20763 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20764 changed by setting the variable
20765 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20766 The initial value of this variable is
20767 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20770 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20771 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20772 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20773 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20774 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20775 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20778 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20779 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20780 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20781 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20782 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20783 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20784 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20785 use this value, be sure to have installed
20786 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20787 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20788 documentation of this variable).
20790 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20791 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20792 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20793 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20794 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20795 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20797 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20799 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20801 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20802 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20803 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20805 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20807 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20812 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20813 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20815 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20817 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20821 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20823 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20826 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20828 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20829 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20831 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20834 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20838 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20840 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20843 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20845 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20846 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20850 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20851 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20852 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20854 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20856 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20857 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20858 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20860 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20862 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20869 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20870 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20871 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20872 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20873 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20874 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17383
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20878 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20879 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20880 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20882 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20884 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20885 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20886 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20887 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20889 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20891 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20892 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20896 nil Do not print colors.
20900 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20901 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20903 Any other value is treated as t.")
20905 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20907 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20908 Customization of ps-print group.
20912 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20913 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20915 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20916 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20917 sending it to the printer.
20919 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20920 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20921 image in a file with that name.
20923 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20925 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20926 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20927 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20928 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20929 so it has a way to determine color values.
20931 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20933 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20934 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20935 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20937 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20939 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20940 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20941 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20942 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20943 so it has a way to determine color values.
20945 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20947 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20948 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20949 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20950 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20952 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20956 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20957 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20958 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20959 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20960 so it has a way to determine color values.
20962 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20966 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20967 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20968 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20970 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20972 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20974 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20975 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20976 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20977 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20978 so it has a way to determine color values.
20980 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20982 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20984 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20985 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20987 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20988 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20989 instead of sending it to the printer.
20991 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20992 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20993 image in a file with that name.
20995 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20997 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20998 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20999 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21000 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21001 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21005 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21006 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21007 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21009 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21011 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21012 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21013 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21015 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21017 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21018 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21022 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21023 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21025 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21026 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21028 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21029 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21031 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21033 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21035 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21037 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21038 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21040 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21041 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21043 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21044 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21046 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21048 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21050 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21052 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21053 foreground and background colors respectively.
21055 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21056 bold - use bold font.
21057 italic - use italic font.
21058 underline - put a line under text.
21059 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21060 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21061 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21062 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21063 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21065 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21067 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21071 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21072 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
21073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21075 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21077 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21079 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21081 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21082 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21083 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21084 buffer automatically.
21085 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21086 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21087 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21088 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21089 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21090 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21092 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21094 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21095 Major mode for editing Python files.
21096 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21097 parsing of the source.
21098 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21099 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21100 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21102 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21103 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21104 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21105 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21106 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21107 \\<python-mode-map>
21108 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21109 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21110 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21111 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21112 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21113 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21115 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21116 effect outside them.
21118 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21119 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21120 lines count as headers.
21122 \\{python-mode-map}
21126 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21127 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21128 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21129 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21135 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21136 ;;;;;; (17406 37716))
21137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21139 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21140 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21141 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21144 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21145 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21147 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21148 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21149 them into characters should be done separately.
21151 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21155 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21156 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21157 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21158 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21159 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17250 28362))
21160 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21162 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21163 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21167 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21168 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21169 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21171 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21172 `quail-activate', which see.
21174 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21176 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21177 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21178 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21179 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21180 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21181 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21182 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21184 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21185 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21186 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21187 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21188 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21190 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21192 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21193 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21194 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21195 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21196 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21197 list of candidates.
21199 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21200 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21201 command to be called.
21203 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21204 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21205 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21206 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21208 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21209 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21210 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21211 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21212 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21215 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21216 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21217 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21218 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21220 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21221 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21222 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21223 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21225 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21226 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21227 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21228 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21229 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21230 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21232 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21233 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21234 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21235 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21236 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21237 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21239 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21240 covers Quail translation region.
21242 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21243 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21244 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21245 for it) is inserted.
21247 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21248 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21249 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21251 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21252 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21253 non-Quail commands.
21255 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21257 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21258 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21260 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21261 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21262 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21263 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21264 you type is correctly handled.
21266 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21268 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21269 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21271 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21274 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21276 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21277 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21278 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21279 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21280 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21281 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21282 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21283 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21284 for the translation.
21285 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21287 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21288 it is used to handle KEY.
21290 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21291 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21292 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21293 the following annotation types are supported.
21295 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21296 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21298 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21301 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21302 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21303 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21306 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21307 generated for the following translations.
21309 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21311 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21312 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21314 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21315 which to install MAP.
21317 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21319 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21321 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21322 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21324 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21325 which to install MAP.
21327 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21329 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21331 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21332 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21333 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21334 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21335 a function, or a cons.
21336 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21337 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21338 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21339 for the translation.
21340 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21341 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21342 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21343 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21344 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21346 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21347 it is used to handle KEY.
21349 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21350 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21351 current Quail package.
21353 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21354 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21356 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21358 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21359 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21361 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21362 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21364 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21366 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21367 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21369 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21371 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21372 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21373 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21374 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21375 of the Emacs source tree.
21377 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21378 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21380 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21381 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21384 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21388 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21389 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21390 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17383
21392 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21394 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21395 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21396 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21397 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21399 To make use of this do something like:
21401 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21403 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21405 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21406 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21408 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21409 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21410 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21412 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21414 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21415 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21417 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21419 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21420 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21422 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21425 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21427 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21428 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21430 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21431 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21432 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21434 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21436 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21437 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21439 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21441 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21442 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21446 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21447 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21449 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21451 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21455 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21456 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21462 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21463 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17448 18873))
21464 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21466 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21468 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21472 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21474 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21477 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21479 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21480 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21481 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21483 use either \\[customize] or the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21485 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc")
21487 (put (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21489 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21490 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21496 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17383
21498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21500 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21501 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21504 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21508 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21509 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
21510 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21512 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21514 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21515 Construct a regexp interactively.
21521 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17383 24126))
21522 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21524 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21525 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21526 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21528 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21530 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21532 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21534 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21535 Toggle recentf mode.
21536 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21537 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21539 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21540 that were operated on recently.
21542 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21548 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21549 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21550 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21551 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17383
21553 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21555 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21556 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21557 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21558 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21560 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21562 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21564 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21565 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21566 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21567 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21570 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21571 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21574 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21576 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21577 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21578 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21580 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21581 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21584 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21586 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21587 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21588 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21590 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21592 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21593 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21595 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21596 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21598 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21601 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21603 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21604 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21608 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21609 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21610 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21611 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21612 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21613 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21614 and point is at the lower right corner.
21616 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21618 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21619 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21621 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21622 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21624 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21625 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21626 on the right side of the rectangle.
21628 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21630 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21632 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21633 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21634 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21635 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21636 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21638 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21639 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21641 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21643 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21644 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21645 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21647 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21649 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21651 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21653 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21654 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21656 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21657 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21658 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21660 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21662 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21663 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21664 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21666 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21667 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21668 rectangle which were empty.
21670 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21674 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17383
21676 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21678 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21679 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21680 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21682 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21683 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21684 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21690 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21691 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17404 10043))
21692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21694 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21695 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21699 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21700 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21702 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21703 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21705 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21706 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21707 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21710 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21711 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21712 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21714 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21715 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21716 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21718 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21719 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21721 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21722 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21724 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21725 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21728 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21732 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21733 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21734 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21740 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21741 ;;;;;; (17404 4365))
21742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21744 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21745 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21746 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21747 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21748 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21749 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21751 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21753 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21755 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21756 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21757 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21758 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21759 `reftex-cite-format'.
21761 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21762 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21763 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21764 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21766 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21770 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21771 ;;;;;; (17404 4365))
21772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21774 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21775 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21776 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21777 the current TeX document.
21779 With no argument, this command toggles
21780 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21781 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21787 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21788 ;;;;;; (17413 18835))
21789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21791 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21792 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21793 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21795 To insert new phrases, use
21796 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21797 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21799 To index phrases use one of:
21801 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21802 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21803 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21804 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21805 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21807 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21808 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21810 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21812 Here are all local bindings.
21814 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21820 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21821 ;;;;;; (17404 4365))
21822 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21824 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21825 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21826 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21829 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21833 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21834 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
21835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21837 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21838 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21839 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21840 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21841 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21842 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21844 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21845 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21847 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21850 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21852 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21853 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21854 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21855 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21857 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21861 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17383 24127))
21862 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21864 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21865 Repeat most recently executed command.
21866 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21867 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21868 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21870 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21871 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21872 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21874 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21878 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21879 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
21880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21882 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21883 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21885 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21886 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21887 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21888 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21889 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21890 and point is left after the salutation.
21892 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21893 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21894 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21895 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21896 left after that text.
21898 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21901 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21902 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21903 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21904 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21906 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21910 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21911 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
21912 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21914 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21915 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21916 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21917 visibility of comments that precede it.
21918 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21919 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21920 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21921 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21922 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21923 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21924 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21925 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21927 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21928 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21929 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21930 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21931 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21934 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21938 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17383
21940 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21942 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21943 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21949 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21950 ;;;;;; (17349 36484))
21951 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21953 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21954 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21955 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21957 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21958 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21959 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21963 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21964 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21965 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21966 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21967 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21969 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21971 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21973 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21974 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21975 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21977 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21978 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21979 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21985 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21986 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
21987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21989 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21990 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21994 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21995 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21997 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22001 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17383 13296))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22003 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22005 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22006 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22007 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22008 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22010 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22012 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22013 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22014 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22015 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22017 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22018 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22020 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22021 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22023 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22024 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22027 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22028 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22029 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22030 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22031 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22033 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22034 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22035 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22036 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22038 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22039 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22042 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22046 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22047 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22048 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22049 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22050 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22051 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22052 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17445
22054 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22056 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22057 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22058 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22060 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22062 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22063 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22064 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22065 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22067 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22069 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22070 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22071 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22072 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22073 value is the user's email address and name.)
22074 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22076 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22077 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22078 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22079 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22080 which normally happens once for each message,
22081 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22082 To make a change in this variable take effect
22083 for a message that you have already viewed,
22084 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22086 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22088 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22089 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22090 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22091 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22093 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22095 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22096 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22098 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22100 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22101 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22102 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22103 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22105 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22107 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22108 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22110 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22112 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22113 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22115 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22117 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22118 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22119 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22120 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22121 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22123 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22125 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22126 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22127 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22128 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22130 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22132 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22133 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22135 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22137 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22138 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22140 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22142 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22143 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22145 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22147 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22148 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22150 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22151 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22153 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22154 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22156 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22158 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22159 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22161 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22162 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22163 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22164 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22166 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22167 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22169 This is set to nil by default.")
22171 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22172 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22173 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22174 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22175 until a user explicitly requires it.
22177 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22178 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22181 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22183 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22184 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22185 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22186 It is called with no argument.")
22188 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22189 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22190 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22191 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22192 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22193 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22194 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22196 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22197 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22198 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22199 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22200 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22201 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22203 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22204 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22205 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22206 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22207 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22209 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22210 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22211 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22212 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22213 MSG is the message number,
22214 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22215 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22217 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22218 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22219 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22220 this feature is required with `require'.
22222 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22223 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22225 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22226 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22227 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22228 the message is decoded as normal way.
22230 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22231 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22232 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22234 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
22235 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22236 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22238 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22239 Read and edit incoming mail.
22240 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22241 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22242 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22244 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22245 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22246 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22247 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22249 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22251 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22253 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22254 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22255 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22256 Instead, these commands are available:
22258 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22259 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22260 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22261 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22262 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22263 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22264 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22265 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22266 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22267 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22268 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22269 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22270 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22271 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22272 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22273 till a deleted message is found.
22274 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22275 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22276 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22277 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22278 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22279 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22280 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22281 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22282 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22283 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22284 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22285 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22286 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22287 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22288 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22289 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22290 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22291 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22292 (label defaults to last one specified).
22293 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22294 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22295 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22296 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22297 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22298 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22299 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22300 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22301 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22305 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22306 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22308 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22310 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22311 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22313 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22317 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22318 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
22319 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22321 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22322 Edit the contents of this message.
22328 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22329 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22330 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17383 16812))
22331 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22333 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22334 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22335 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22337 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22339 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22340 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22341 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22343 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22345 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22348 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22350 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22351 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22352 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22353 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22354 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22356 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22358 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22359 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22360 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22361 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22362 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22364 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22368 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22369 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
22370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22372 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22373 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22374 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22375 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22377 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22381 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22382 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22383 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17383 16812))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22386 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22387 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22388 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22389 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22390 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22391 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22392 a file name as a string.")
22394 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22396 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22397 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22398 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22399 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22400 buffer visiting that file.
22401 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22402 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22404 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22405 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22407 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22408 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22410 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22411 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22413 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22415 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22416 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22418 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22420 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22421 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22422 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22423 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22424 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22426 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22427 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22428 will be appended with their original headers.
22430 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22431 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22433 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22434 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22436 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22438 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22440 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22441 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22442 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22444 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22448 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22449 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22450 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17383
22452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22454 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22455 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22456 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22458 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22460 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22461 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22462 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22464 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22466 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22467 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22468 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22470 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22472 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22473 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22474 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22476 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22478 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22479 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22480 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22482 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22484 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22485 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22486 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22488 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22490 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22491 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22492 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22493 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22495 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22499 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22500 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22501 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22502 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22503 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17426 63564))
22504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22506 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22507 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22509 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22511 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22512 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22514 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22516 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22517 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22521 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22522 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22523 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22525 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22527 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22528 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22529 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22530 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22531 only look in the To and From fields.
22532 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22534 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22536 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22537 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22538 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22539 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22540 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22542 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22544 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22545 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22546 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22547 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22548 look in the whole message.
22549 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22551 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22553 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22554 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22555 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22557 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22559 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22560 *Function to decode summary-line.
22562 By default, `identity' is set.")
22564 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22566 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22567 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22568 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22569 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22570 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22571 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22572 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22574 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22575 sent by you under different user names.
22576 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22578 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22580 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22584 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22585 ;;;;;; (17382 34311))
22586 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22588 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22589 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22590 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22591 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22593 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22597 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22598 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17383 24127))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22601 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22602 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22604 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22606 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22607 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22609 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22611 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22612 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22614 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22616 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22617 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22618 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22620 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22621 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22624 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22628 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22629 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22635 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22636 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22637 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22638 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22639 ;;;;;; (17382 34311))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22642 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22643 *This variable is obsolete.")
22645 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22647 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22648 *This variable is obsolete.")
22650 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22652 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22653 *This variable is obsolete.")
22655 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22657 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22658 *This variable is obsolete.")
22660 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22662 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22663 *This variable is obsolete.")
22665 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22667 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22668 *This variable is obsolete.")
22670 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22672 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22673 This function is obsolete.
22675 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22679 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17383
22681 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22683 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22684 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22690 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17416
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22694 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22695 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22696 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22697 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22699 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22701 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22702 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22703 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22704 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22706 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22710 matches string STRING literally.
22713 matches character CHAR literally.
22715 `not-newline', `nonl'
22716 matches any character except a newline.
22719 matches any character
22724 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22725 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22726 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22728 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22729 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22730 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22731 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22733 `(not (any SET ...))'
22734 matches any character not in SET ...
22736 `line-start', `bol'
22737 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22738 in the text being matched
22741 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22743 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22744 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22745 string being matched against.
22747 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22748 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22749 string being matched against.
22752 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22753 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22756 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22757 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22760 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22762 `word-start', `bow'
22763 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22767 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22770 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22773 `(not word-boundary)'
22774 `not-word-boundary'
22775 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22778 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22779 matches 0 through 9.
22782 matches ASCII control characters.
22784 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22785 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22788 matches space and tab only.
22791 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22794 `printing', `print'
22795 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22798 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22799 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22800 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22802 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22803 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22804 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22807 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22810 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22812 `lower', `lower-case'
22813 matches anything lower-case.
22815 `upper', `upper-case'
22816 matches anything upper-case.
22818 `punctuation', `punct'
22819 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22820 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22822 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22823 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22826 matches anything that has word syntax.
22829 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22832 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22833 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22834 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22836 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22837 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22840 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22841 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22842 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22843 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22844 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22846 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22847 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22848 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22849 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22850 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22852 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22853 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22855 `(category CATEGORY)'
22856 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22857 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22859 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22860 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22861 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22862 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22866 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22867 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22868 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22869 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22870 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22871 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22872 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22873 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22874 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22875 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22876 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22877 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22878 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22879 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22888 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22892 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22894 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22899 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22900 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22902 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22903 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22904 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22905 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22906 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22908 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22909 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22910 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22911 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22913 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22914 another name for `submatch'.
22916 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22917 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22918 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22919 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22920 regular expression.
22922 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22923 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22924 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22925 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22926 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22928 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22929 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22931 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22932 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22934 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22936 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22939 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22940 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22943 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22944 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22946 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22948 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22951 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22954 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22956 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22957 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22959 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22962 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22965 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22969 matches N occurrences.
22972 matches N or more occurrences.
22974 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22975 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22976 matches N to M occurrences.
22979 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22982 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22985 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22988 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22992 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22994 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22998 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
22999 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23000 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23002 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23003 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23004 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23007 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23009 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23010 Toggle savehist-mode.
23011 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23012 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23013 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23014 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23016 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23017 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23018 which is probably undesirable.
23024 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23025 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
23026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23028 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23029 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23030 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23032 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23033 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23034 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23035 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23036 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23037 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23038 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23039 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23042 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23043 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23044 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23045 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23046 if that value is non-nil.
23050 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23051 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23052 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23055 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23056 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23057 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23058 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23059 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23060 that variable's value is a string.
23066 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23067 ;;;;;; (17382 1051))
23068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23070 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23071 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23072 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23074 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23080 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17382
23082 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23084 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23085 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23086 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23087 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23089 Interesting variables:
23091 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23092 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23094 `scribe-electric-quote'
23095 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23097 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23098 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23099 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23105 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23106 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23107 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23109 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23110 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23111 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23113 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23115 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23117 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23119 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23120 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23121 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23122 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23123 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23129 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23130 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23131 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23133 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23134 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23135 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23136 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23137 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23144 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23145 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23146 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23147 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23148 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23149 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23150 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23151 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23152 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17383 16812))
23153 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23155 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23156 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23158 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23160 If `parens', they look like:
23161 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23162 If `angles', they look like:
23163 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23164 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23165 derived from the envelope-from address.
23167 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23168 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23169 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23170 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23172 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23174 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23175 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23176 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23177 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23179 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23180 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23181 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23182 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23184 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23186 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23187 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23188 This is done when the message is initialized,
23189 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23191 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23193 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23194 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23195 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23197 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23199 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23201 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23202 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23203 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23204 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23205 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23206 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23207 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23209 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23211 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23212 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23214 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23216 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23217 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23218 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23220 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23222 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23223 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23224 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23225 when you first send mail.")
23227 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23229 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23230 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23231 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23232 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23233 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23235 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23237 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23238 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23239 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23240 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23241 This file need not actually exist.")
23243 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23245 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23246 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23247 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23249 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23251 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23252 Alist of mail address aliases,
23253 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23254 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23255 can specify a different file name.)
23256 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23257 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23259 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23260 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23261 nil means use indentation.")
23263 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23265 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23266 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23267 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23269 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23271 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23272 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23273 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23274 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23275 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23276 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23277 in the cited portion of the message.
23279 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23280 instead of no action.")
23282 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23284 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23285 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23286 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23287 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23288 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23290 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23292 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23293 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23294 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23295 If a string, that string is inserted.
23296 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23297 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23298 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23299 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23301 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23303 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23304 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23306 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23308 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23309 Directory for mail buffers.
23310 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23311 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23313 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23315 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23316 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23317 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23318 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23320 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23322 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23323 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23324 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23325 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23328 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23330 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23331 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23332 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23333 `query' means ask the user each time.
23334 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23335 The default is `mime'.
23336 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23337 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23339 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23341 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23342 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23343 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23345 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23346 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23348 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23349 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23350 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23351 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23352 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23353 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23354 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23355 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23356 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23357 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23358 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23359 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23360 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23364 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23365 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23367 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23368 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23370 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23372 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23373 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23374 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23375 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23376 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23377 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23379 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23380 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23381 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23383 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23384 User should not set this variable manually,
23385 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23386 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23387 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23388 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23390 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23391 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23392 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23393 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23395 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23396 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23399 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23401 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23402 to move to message header fields:
23405 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23406 when the message is initialized.
23408 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23409 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23411 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23414 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23415 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23417 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23418 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23419 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23420 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23421 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23422 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23423 buffer without erasing the contents.
23425 The second through fifth arguments,
23426 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23427 the initial contents of those header fields.
23428 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23429 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23430 original message being replied to, or else an action
23431 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23432 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23433 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23434 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23435 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23436 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23438 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23440 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23441 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23443 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23445 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23446 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23448 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23452 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23453 ;;;;;; (17417 47894))
23454 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23456 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23457 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23458 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23459 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23460 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23461 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23463 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23465 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23467 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23468 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23469 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23471 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23473 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23475 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23477 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23478 Toggle Server mode.
23479 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23480 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23481 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23487 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17365 22702))
23488 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23490 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23491 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23492 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23496 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23497 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23498 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23499 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23505 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23506 ;;;;;; (17383 15659))
23507 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23509 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23510 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23512 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23515 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23516 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23517 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23519 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
23520 your `.emacs' file.
23522 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23524 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23525 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23530 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23532 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23533 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23534 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23535 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23536 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23537 which this is based.
23539 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23541 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23542 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23543 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23544 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23546 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23547 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23548 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23550 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23551 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23552 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23553 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23555 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23556 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23557 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23558 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23560 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23562 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23563 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23564 To work around that, do:
23565 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23573 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23574 ;;;;;; (17408 15904))
23575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23577 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23578 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23579 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23580 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23581 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23582 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23584 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23585 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23586 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23587 shell-specific features.
23589 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23590 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23591 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23593 \\[sh-case] case statement
23594 \\[sh-for] for loop
23595 \\[sh-function] function definition
23596 \\[sh-if] if statement
23597 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23598 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23599 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23600 \\[sh-select] select loop
23601 \\[sh-until] until loop
23602 \\[sh-while] while loop
23604 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23605 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23606 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23607 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23608 would indent to the way it currently is.
23609 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23610 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23613 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23614 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23615 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23616 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23617 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23618 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23620 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23622 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23624 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23625 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23626 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23628 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23629 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23633 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23637 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17382 1051))
23638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23640 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23641 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23642 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23643 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23644 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23645 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23647 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23651 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23652 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
23653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23655 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23656 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23658 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23659 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23660 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23661 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23664 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23666 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23668 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23669 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23670 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23672 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23673 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23675 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23676 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23677 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23678 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23679 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23680 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23681 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23684 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23685 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23686 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23687 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23688 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23690 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23691 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23692 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23698 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23699 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17383
23701 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23703 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23704 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23705 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23706 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23707 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23708 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23713 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23714 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23715 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23716 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23717 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23721 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23722 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23723 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23724 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23725 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23726 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23727 `shadow-define-cluster').
23731 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23732 Set up file shadowing.
23738 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23739 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23742 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23743 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23744 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23745 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23746 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23749 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23751 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23752 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23753 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23754 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23755 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23756 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23757 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23758 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23759 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23760 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23761 discards input when it starts up.)
23762 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23763 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23764 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23766 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23767 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23768 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23769 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23770 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23771 `default-process-coding-system'.
23773 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23774 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23775 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23776 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23778 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23780 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23781 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23785 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23786 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17382 1051))
23787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23789 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23792 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23794 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23797 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23799 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23802 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23806 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23807 ;;;;;; (17382 1051))
23808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23810 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23811 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23812 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23813 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23814 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23816 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23822 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17388
23824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23826 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23827 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23828 \\{simula-mode-map}
23829 Variables controlling indentation style:
23830 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23831 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23832 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23833 `simula-indent-level'
23834 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23835 `simula-substatement-offset'
23836 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23837 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23838 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23839 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23840 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23841 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23842 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23843 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23844 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23845 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23846 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23847 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23848 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23849 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23850 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23851 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23852 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23853 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23854 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23855 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23856 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23857 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23858 or nil if they should not be changed.
23859 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23860 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23861 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23862 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23864 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23865 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23871 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23872 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17383 24127))
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23875 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23876 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23878 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23879 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23880 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23881 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23883 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23885 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23887 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23888 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23889 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23890 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23891 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23893 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23894 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23896 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23898 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23899 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23901 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23902 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23903 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23904 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23906 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23907 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23908 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23909 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23911 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23912 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23913 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23915 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23916 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23918 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23919 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23921 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23922 _ interesting point, interregion here
23923 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23924 interesting point set by _
23925 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23926 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23927 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23928 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23929 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23930 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23933 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23934 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23936 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23937 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23938 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23939 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23940 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23941 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23942 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23943 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23945 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23946 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23947 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23948 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23949 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23952 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23953 then: insert previously read string once more
23954 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23955 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23956 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23958 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23959 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23961 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23963 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23964 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23966 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23967 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23968 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23969 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23970 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23973 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23974 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23975 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23981 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23982 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23983 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23985 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23986 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23987 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23990 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23992 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23993 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23994 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24000 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24001 ;;;;;; (17440 25582))
24002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24004 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24005 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24006 A list of images is returned.
24008 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24010 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24011 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24012 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24018 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24019 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17383 16812))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24022 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24027 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24028 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24034 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17382 1892))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24037 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24038 Play the Snake game.
24039 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24041 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24043 Snake mode keybindings:
24045 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24046 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24047 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24048 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24049 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24050 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24051 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24057 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24058 ;;;;;; (17383 13296))
24059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24061 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24062 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24063 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24064 Tab indents for C code.
24065 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24066 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24068 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24073 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24074 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24075 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24076 Tab indents for C code.
24077 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24078 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24080 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24081 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24087 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24088 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24089 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17385 41891))
24090 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24092 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24093 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24095 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24096 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24097 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24099 For example, the form
24101 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24102 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24104 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24106 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24108 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24109 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24111 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24112 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24113 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24116 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24118 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24120 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24121 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24123 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24124 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24125 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24128 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24130 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24132 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24133 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24134 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24137 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24139 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24141 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24142 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24143 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24145 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24146 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24148 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24152 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24153 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24154 Requires floating point.
24160 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17382
24162 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24164 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24167 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24168 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24169 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24170 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24171 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24172 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24173 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24174 check after each move or undo)
24178 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24179 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24180 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24199 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24200 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24201 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24202 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24204 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24205 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24206 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24209 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24210 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24212 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24228 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24230 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24236 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24237 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24238 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17434 1454))
24239 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24241 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24242 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24244 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24245 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24246 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24247 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24250 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24251 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24252 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24255 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24256 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24258 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24259 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24260 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24261 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24264 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24265 It should move point to the end of the record.
24267 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24268 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24269 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24270 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24271 starts at the beginning of the record.
24273 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24274 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24277 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24278 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24280 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24282 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24283 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24284 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24285 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24286 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24289 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24291 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24292 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24293 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24294 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24295 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24298 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24300 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24301 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24302 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24303 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24304 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24307 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24309 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24310 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24311 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24312 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24313 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24314 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24315 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24316 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24317 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24319 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24321 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24322 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24323 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24324 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24325 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24326 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24327 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24330 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24332 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24333 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24334 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24335 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24336 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24337 is to be used for sorting.
24338 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24339 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24340 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24341 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24342 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24344 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24346 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24349 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24350 starting with the letter \"f\",
24351 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24353 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24355 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24356 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24357 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24358 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24359 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24360 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24361 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24364 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24365 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24366 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24367 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24368 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24370 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24372 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24373 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24374 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24376 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24380 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17440
24382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24384 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24385 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24391 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24392 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24393 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17385 29998))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24396 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24397 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24399 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24400 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24401 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24403 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24405 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24406 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24407 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24410 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24412 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24413 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24414 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24416 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24418 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24419 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24420 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24421 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24426 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24427 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24428 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24429 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24435 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24436 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17412 50667))
24437 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24439 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24441 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24442 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24443 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24444 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24445 supported at a time.
24446 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24447 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24451 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24452 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24453 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24454 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24460 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24461 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17383 15659))
24462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24464 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24466 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24467 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24468 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24469 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24470 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24471 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24475 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24476 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24477 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24478 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24482 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24483 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24484 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24485 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24486 for example, \"word\".
24488 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24490 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24491 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24493 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24497 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17382
24499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24501 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24502 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24506 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24507 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24513 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24514 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24515 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24516 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17388
24518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24520 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24521 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24523 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24524 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24525 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24526 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24527 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24528 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24529 of the current highlighting list.
24533 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24534 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24536 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24537 `_t' as data types.
24539 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24541 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24542 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24544 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24545 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24547 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24549 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24550 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24551 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24553 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24555 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24556 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24557 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24558 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24559 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24560 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24562 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24563 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24565 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24567 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24568 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24569 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24570 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24572 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24573 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24574 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24575 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24577 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24578 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24579 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24583 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24584 Major mode to edit SQL.
24586 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24587 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24588 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24591 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24593 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24594 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24595 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24596 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24597 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24598 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24600 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24601 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24603 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24604 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24605 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24607 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24609 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24613 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24614 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24616 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24617 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24620 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24622 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24624 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24625 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24627 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24628 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24631 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24632 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24633 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24634 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24636 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24637 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24639 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24640 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24641 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24642 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24643 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24644 `default-process-coding-system'.
24646 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24650 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24651 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24653 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24654 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24657 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24658 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24659 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24660 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24662 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24663 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24665 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24666 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24667 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24668 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24669 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24670 `default-process-coding-system'.
24672 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24676 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24677 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24679 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24680 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24683 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24684 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24686 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24687 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24689 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24690 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24691 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24692 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24693 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24694 `default-process-coding-system'.
24696 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24700 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24701 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24703 SQLite is free software.
24705 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24706 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24709 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24710 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24711 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24712 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24714 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24715 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24717 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24718 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24719 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24720 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24721 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24722 `default-process-coding-system'.
24724 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24728 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24729 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24731 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24733 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24734 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24737 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24738 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24739 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24740 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24742 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24743 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24745 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24746 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24747 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24748 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24749 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24750 `default-process-coding-system'.
24752 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24756 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24757 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24759 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24760 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24763 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24764 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24767 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24768 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24770 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24771 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24772 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24773 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24774 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24775 `default-process-coding-system'.
24777 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24781 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24782 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24784 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24785 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24788 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24789 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24791 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24792 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24794 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24795 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24796 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24797 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24798 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24799 `default-process-coding-system'.
24801 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24805 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24806 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24808 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24809 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24812 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24813 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24814 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24815 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24817 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24818 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24820 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24821 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24822 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24823 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24824 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24825 `default-process-coding-system'.
24827 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24831 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24832 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24834 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24835 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24838 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24839 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24840 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24841 `sql-postgres-options'.
24843 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24844 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24846 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24847 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24848 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24849 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24850 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24851 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24852 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24853 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24855 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24856 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24858 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24862 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24863 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24865 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24866 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24869 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24870 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24873 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24874 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24876 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24877 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24878 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24879 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24880 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24881 `default-process-coding-system'.
24883 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24887 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24888 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24890 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24891 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24894 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24897 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24898 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24900 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24901 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24902 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24903 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24907 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24910 `default-process-coding-system'.
24912 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24916 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24917 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24919 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24920 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24923 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24924 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24925 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24926 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24929 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24930 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24931 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24932 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24935 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24936 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24938 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24944 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24945 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24946 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24947 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24948 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17383
24950 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24952 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24953 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24954 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24955 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24956 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24957 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24959 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24961 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24963 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24964 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24965 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24966 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24967 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24968 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24969 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24971 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24973 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24974 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24975 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24976 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24977 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24978 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24979 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24981 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24983 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24984 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24985 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24987 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24989 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24990 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24991 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24993 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24995 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24996 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24998 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25000 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25001 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25005 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25006 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25010 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25011 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25012 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25013 chronologically by command name.
25014 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25016 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25018 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25019 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25020 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25022 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25024 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25026 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25028 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25029 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25030 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25031 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25032 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25033 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25034 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25036 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25037 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25038 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25039 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25041 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25045 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25046 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25047 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25048 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25050 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25052 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25053 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25059 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25060 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
25061 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25063 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25064 Studlify-case the region.
25066 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25068 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25069 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25071 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25073 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25074 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25080 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17410 23908))
25081 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25083 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25084 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25085 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25086 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25087 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25088 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25090 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25091 is used instead of `load-path'.
25093 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25094 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25095 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25097 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25101 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25102 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
25103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25105 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25106 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25107 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25108 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25109 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25110 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25111 original message but it does require a few things:
25113 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25115 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25118 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25119 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25122 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25124 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25126 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25127 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25128 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25134 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17416 55046))
25135 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25137 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25138 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25139 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25141 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25143 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse")
25145 (put (quote t-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25147 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25148 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25149 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25151 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25157 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17383 24127))
25158 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25160 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25161 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25162 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25163 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25164 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25166 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25168 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25169 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25170 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25171 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25172 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25173 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25174 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25176 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25180 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25181 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25182 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25183 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25184 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25185 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25186 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25187 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25188 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25189 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25190 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25191 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25192 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17378 11759))
25193 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25195 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25196 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25197 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25199 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25201 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25202 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25204 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25206 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25207 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25209 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25211 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25212 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25214 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25216 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25217 Insert an editable text table.
25218 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25219 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25220 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25221 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25222 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25223 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25228 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25230 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25235 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25236 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25237 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25238 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25241 +-----+-----+-----+
25243 +-----+-----+-----+
25245 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25247 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25248 width, which results as
25250 +--------------+-----+-----+
25252 +--------------+-----+-----+
25254 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25255 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25257 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25259 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25261 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25262 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25263 width information to `table-insert'.
25265 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25271 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25274 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25275 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25277 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25280 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25282 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25284 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25287 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25290 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25292 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25294 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25297 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25300 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25303 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25304 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25305 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25307 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25313 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25316 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25318 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25321 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25324 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25325 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25326 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25327 | | |expected results.-!- |
25328 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25331 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25333 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25337 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25339 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25340 Insert N table row(s).
25341 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25342 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25343 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25344 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25348 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25349 Insert N table column(s).
25350 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25351 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25352 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25353 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25357 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25358 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25359 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25361 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25363 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25364 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25365 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25366 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25367 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25368 all the table specific features.
25370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25372 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25377 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25378 Recognize all tables within region.
25379 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25380 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25381 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25384 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25386 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25389 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25391 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25392 Recognize a table at point.
25393 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25394 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25395 the table specific features.
25397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25399 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25404 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25405 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25406 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25407 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25408 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25409 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25410 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25412 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25414 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25419 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25420 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25421 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25422 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25423 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25424 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25427 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25429 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25430 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25431 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25432 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25433 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25434 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25435 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25440 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25441 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25442 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25443 table's rectangle structure.
25445 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25447 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25448 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25449 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25450 table's rectangle structure.
25454 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25455 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25456 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25457 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25458 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25460 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25462 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25463 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25464 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25466 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25467 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25468 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25469 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25470 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25471 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25472 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25474 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25475 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25476 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25477 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25478 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25479 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25480 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25482 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25483 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25484 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25485 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25486 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25487 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25488 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25489 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25491 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25493 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25494 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25495 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25496 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25500 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25501 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25502 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25504 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25506 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25507 Split current cell vertically.
25508 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25512 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25513 Split current cell horizontally.
25514 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25518 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25519 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25520 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25522 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25524 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25525 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25526 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25527 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25529 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25531 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25532 Justify cell contents.
25533 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25534 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25535 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25536 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25538 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25540 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25541 Justify cells of a row.
25542 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25543 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25545 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25547 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25548 Justify cells of a column.
25549 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25550 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25552 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25554 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25555 Toggle fixing width mode.
25556 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25557 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25558 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25562 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25563 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25564 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25565 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25566 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25567 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25568 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25569 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25570 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25571 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25572 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25574 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25576 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25577 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25578 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25579 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25580 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25581 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25582 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25583 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25584 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25585 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25586 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25587 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25590 References used for this implementation:
25596 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25598 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25599 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25600 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25602 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25604 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25605 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25606 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25607 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25608 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25609 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25610 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25611 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25612 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25613 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25614 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25615 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25616 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25617 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25618 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25619 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25620 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25625 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25626 (table-forward-cell 15)
25627 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25628 (table-forward-cell 16)
25629 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25630 (table-forward-cell 1)
25631 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25634 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25635 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25636 (table-forward-cell 1)
25637 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25639 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25641 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25642 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25643 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25644 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25645 consists from cells of same height.
25649 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25650 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25651 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25652 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25653 column must consists from cells of same width.
25657 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25658 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25659 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25660 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25661 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25662 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25663 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25664 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25665 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25666 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25667 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25668 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25669 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25670 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25671 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25680 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25681 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25682 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25685 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25687 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25689 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25691 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25695 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25696 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25697 of each row is optional.
25702 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25703 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25704 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25705 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25706 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25708 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25709 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25711 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25712 expression and raw delimiter regular
25713 expression, it parses the specified text
25714 area and extracts cell items from
25715 non-table text and then forms a table out
25718 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25719 creates a single cell table. The text in
25720 the specified region is placed in that
25723 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25726 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25727 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25728 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25730 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25731 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25732 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25733 | area and extracts cell items from |
25734 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25737 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25738 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25739 | the specified region is placed in that |
25741 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25743 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25744 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25747 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25748 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25749 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25750 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25751 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25752 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25753 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25754 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25755 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25757 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25758 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25759 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25760 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25762 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25764 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25765 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25766 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25768 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25770 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25771 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25772 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25773 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25774 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25780 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17383 24127))
25781 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25783 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25784 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25786 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25790 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17383 24127))
25791 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25793 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25794 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25795 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25796 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25797 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25798 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25799 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25801 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25802 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
25803 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25804 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25806 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25813 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25814 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17348 7449))
25815 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25817 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25818 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25819 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25820 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25821 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25822 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25824 Variables controlling indentation style:
25826 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25827 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25828 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25830 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25831 documentation for details):
25832 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25833 Controls action of TAB key.
25835 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25836 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25837 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25838 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25839 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25841 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25842 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25850 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25851 Run inferior Tcl process.
25852 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25853 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25857 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25858 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25859 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25861 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25865 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17383 13296))
25866 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25867 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25869 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25870 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25871 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25872 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25874 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25875 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25876 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25877 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25878 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25880 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25881 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25883 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25884 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25885 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25886 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25892 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17354
25894 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25896 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25897 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25898 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25899 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25900 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25901 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25903 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25905 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25906 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25907 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25908 commands to use in that buffer.
25910 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25912 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25914 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25915 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25917 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25921 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17383
25923 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25925 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25926 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25927 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25928 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25929 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25930 program as keyboard input.
25932 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25933 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25934 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25935 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25937 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25938 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25939 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25940 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25941 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25943 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25945 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25946 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25947 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25948 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25950 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25951 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25952 subprocess started.
25954 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25958 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25959 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
25960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25962 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25963 Start coverage on function under point.
25969 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17382 1892))
25970 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25972 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25973 Play the Tetris game.
25974 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25975 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25976 as to form complete rows.
25978 tetris-mode keybindings:
25979 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25980 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25981 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25982 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25983 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
25984 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
25985 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
25986 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
25987 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25993 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25994 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25995 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25996 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25997 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25998 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25999 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26000 ;;;;;; (17383 15659))
26001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26003 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26004 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26006 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26008 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26009 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26010 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26011 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26012 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26014 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26016 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26017 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26018 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26019 if it matches the first line of the file,
26020 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26022 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26024 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26025 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26026 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26027 if the variable is non-nil.")
26029 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26031 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26032 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26034 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26036 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26037 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26038 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26039 See the documentation of that variable.")
26041 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26043 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26044 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26045 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26046 See the documentation of that variable.")
26048 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26050 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26051 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26052 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26053 See the documentation of that variable.")
26055 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26057 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26058 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26059 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26060 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26061 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26063 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26065 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26066 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26067 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26068 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26070 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26072 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26073 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26074 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26076 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26078 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26079 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26080 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26081 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26083 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26085 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26086 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26087 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26088 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26090 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26092 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26093 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26094 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26095 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26097 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26098 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26101 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26102 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26104 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26107 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26109 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26110 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26111 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26112 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26113 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26115 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26117 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26119 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26120 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26121 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26123 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26125 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26126 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26127 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26128 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26129 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26131 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26133 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26134 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26136 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26138 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26139 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26141 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26143 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26144 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26145 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26146 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26147 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26148 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26149 says which mode to use.
26153 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26155 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26157 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26159 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26160 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26161 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26162 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26163 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26165 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26166 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26167 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26168 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26169 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26170 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26171 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26173 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26174 mismatched $'s or braces.
26177 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26181 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26183 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26184 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26185 tex-dvi-print-command
26186 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26187 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26188 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26189 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26190 tex-dvi-view-command
26191 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26192 tex-show-queue-command
26193 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26194 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26196 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26197 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26198 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26202 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26203 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26204 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26205 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26206 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26208 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26209 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26210 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26211 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26212 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26213 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26214 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26216 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26217 mismatched $'s or braces.
26224 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26226 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26227 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26228 tex-dvi-print-command
26229 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26230 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26231 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26232 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26233 tex-dvi-view-command
26234 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26235 tex-show-queue-command
26236 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26237 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26239 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26240 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26241 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26245 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26246 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26247 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26248 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26249 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26251 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26252 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26253 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26254 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26255 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26256 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26257 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26259 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26260 mismatched $'s or braces.
26263 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26267 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26269 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26270 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26271 tex-dvi-print-command
26272 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26273 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26274 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26275 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26276 tex-dvi-view-command
26277 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26278 tex-show-queue-command
26279 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26280 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26282 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26283 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26284 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26285 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26289 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26294 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26295 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26301 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26302 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17383 15659))
26303 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26305 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26306 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26307 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26308 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26310 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26311 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26312 Info-split to do these manually.
26314 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26316 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26317 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26318 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26319 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26320 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26322 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26324 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26325 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26326 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26327 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26329 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26330 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26331 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26332 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26334 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26335 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26337 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26341 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26342 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17383 15659))
26343 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26345 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26346 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26348 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26350 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26351 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26353 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26355 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26356 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26358 It has these extra commands:
26359 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26361 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26362 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26363 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26364 modified version of TeX input format.
26366 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26367 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26368 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26369 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26371 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26372 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26373 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26374 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26375 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26376 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26377 in the Texinfo file.
26379 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26380 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26381 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26382 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26383 move forward past the closing brace.
26385 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26386 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26388 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26389 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26390 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26392 Here are the functions:
26394 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26395 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26396 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26398 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26399 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26400 texinfo-master-menu
26402 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26404 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26405 which menu descriptions are indented.
26407 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26408 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26411 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26412 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26413 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26414 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26416 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26417 be the first node in the file.
26419 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26420 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26426 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26427 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26428 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26429 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
26430 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26432 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26433 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26434 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26435 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26437 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26439 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26440 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26442 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26444 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26445 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26449 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26452 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26454 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26455 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26456 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26457 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26460 The return value is number of composed characters.
26462 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26464 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26465 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26471 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26472 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26473 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17383 24127))
26474 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26476 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26477 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
26479 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26481 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26482 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26483 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26484 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26485 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26487 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26488 a symbol as a valid THING.
26490 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26491 of the textual entity that was found.
26493 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26495 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26496 Return the THING at point.
26497 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26498 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26499 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26501 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26502 a symbol as a valid THING.
26504 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26506 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26511 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26516 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26521 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26528 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26529 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26530 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
26531 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26533 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26534 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26538 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26539 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26540 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26541 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26543 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26545 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26546 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26550 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26551 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26555 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26557 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26558 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26564 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26565 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26566 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26567 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26568 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26569 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17102 18781))
26570 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26572 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26573 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26574 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26578 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26579 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26581 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26583 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26584 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26585 The returned string has no composition information.
26587 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26589 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26590 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26592 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26594 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26595 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26597 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26599 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26600 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26601 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26602 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26604 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26606 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26607 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26608 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26609 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26611 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26613 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26616 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26618 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26619 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26620 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26624 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26625 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26626 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26630 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26633 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26635 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26638 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26640 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26643 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26647 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26648 ;;;;;; (17383 15659))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26651 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26652 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26653 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26654 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26656 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26658 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26660 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26661 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26662 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26663 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26665 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26671 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26672 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17383 24127))
26673 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26675 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26676 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26678 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26680 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26681 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26682 This display updates automatically every minute.
26683 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26684 are displayed as well.
26685 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26689 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26690 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26691 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26693 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26695 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26697 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26699 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26700 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26701 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26703 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26704 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26705 are displayed as well.
26706 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26712 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26713 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26714 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26715 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17385
26717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26719 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26720 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26722 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26724 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26725 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26726 You can use `float-time' instead.
26728 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26730 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26731 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26733 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26735 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26736 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26738 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26740 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26741 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26743 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26745 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26746 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26747 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26749 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26751 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26753 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26754 Subtract two time values.
26755 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26757 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26759 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26760 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26762 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26764 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26765 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26766 DATE should be a date-time string.
26768 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26770 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26771 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26772 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26774 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26776 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26777 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26779 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26781 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26782 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26784 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26786 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26787 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26788 TIME should be a time value.
26789 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26791 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26793 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26794 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26795 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26797 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26801 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26802 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17383 24127))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26805 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26806 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26807 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26808 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26809 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26810 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26811 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26812 look like one of the following:
26815 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26816 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26817 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26818 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26819 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26820 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26821 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26826 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26827 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26828 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26834 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26835 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26836 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26837 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26838 ;;;;;; (17385 41891))
26839 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26841 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26842 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26843 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26844 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26845 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26846 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26847 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26848 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26849 display (non-nil means on).
26851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26853 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26854 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26855 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26856 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26857 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26858 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26859 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26860 this function is called within a day.
26862 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26863 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26864 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26865 discover the name of the project.
26867 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26869 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26870 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26871 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26872 begun during the last time segment.
26874 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26875 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26876 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26877 discover the reason.
26879 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26881 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26882 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26883 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26884 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26885 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26887 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26889 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26890 Change to working on a different project.
26891 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26892 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26893 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26896 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26898 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26899 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26900 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26904 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26905 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26906 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26910 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26911 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26912 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26913 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26914 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26915 \"relative to today\".
26917 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26919 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26920 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26921 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26922 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26924 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26926 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26927 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26928 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26929 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26930 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26931 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26933 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26937 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26938 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26939 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17383 16119))
26940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26942 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26944 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26945 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26947 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26949 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26950 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26952 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26954 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26955 Perform an action at time TIME.
26956 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26957 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26958 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26959 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26960 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26961 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26963 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26965 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26967 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26968 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26969 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26970 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26971 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26973 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26975 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26977 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26978 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26979 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26980 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26982 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26984 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
26985 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
26986 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26987 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
26989 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
26990 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26992 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26994 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26995 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26997 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26998 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26999 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27000 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27001 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27002 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27005 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27009 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27010 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17102 18762))
27011 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27013 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27014 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27015 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27016 the generated Quail package is saved.
27018 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27020 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27021 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27022 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27023 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27024 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27025 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27026 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27028 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27032 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27033 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17102
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27037 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27040 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27042 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27045 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27047 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27048 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27049 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27052 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27056 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27057 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17383 24127))
27058 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27059 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27060 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27061 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27063 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27064 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27065 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27066 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27067 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27069 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27071 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27072 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27073 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27074 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27075 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27077 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27079 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27080 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27081 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27082 in the menu in two ways:
27083 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27084 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27085 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27087 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27088 keymap or an alist of alists.
27089 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27090 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27092 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27096 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27097 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27098 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17385 41891))
27099 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27101 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27102 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27106 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27107 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27109 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27111 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27112 Insert new TODO list entry.
27113 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27118 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27119 List top priorities for each category.
27121 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27122 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27124 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27125 between each category.
27127 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27129 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27130 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27131 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27132 between each category.
27134 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27136 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27138 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27139 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27145 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27146 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27150 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27157 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27158 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27159 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
27160 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27162 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27164 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27165 Add an item to the tool bar.
27166 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27167 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27168 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27169 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27171 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27172 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27173 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27174 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27176 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27177 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27179 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27181 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27182 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27183 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27184 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27185 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27186 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27188 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27189 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27190 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27191 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27193 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27195 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27196 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27197 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27198 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27199 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27200 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27201 properties to add to the binding.
27203 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27205 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27206 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27208 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27210 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27211 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27212 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27213 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27214 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27215 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27216 properties to add to the binding.
27218 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27221 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27225 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27226 ;;;;;; (17383 13537))
27227 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27229 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27230 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27231 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27233 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27235 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27237 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27239 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27244 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27246 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27247 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27253 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27254 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17383 13537))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27257 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27258 Set scroll margins.
27260 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27262 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27263 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27267 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27268 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27274 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17383 16119))
27275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27277 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27278 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27279 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27280 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27281 to a tcp server on another machine.
27283 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27287 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27288 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17383 16119))
27289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27291 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27292 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27294 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27296 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27297 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27298 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27299 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27300 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27301 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27302 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27303 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27305 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27307 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27308 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27309 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27310 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27311 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27312 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27313 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27315 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27319 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist
27320 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
27321 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
27322 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17391 39172))
27323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27325 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27326 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27327 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27329 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27330 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27331 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27332 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27334 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27335 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27336 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27337 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27339 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27340 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27341 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27342 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27343 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27344 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27345 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27346 files which are not really tramp files.
27348 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27349 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27350 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27351 updated after changing this variable.
27353 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27355 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27357 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27358 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27359 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27360 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27362 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27363 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27364 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27365 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27367 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27368 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27369 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27371 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27372 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27373 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27374 updated after changing this variable.
27376 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27378 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27380 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27381 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27382 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27384 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27386 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27387 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27388 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27390 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27392 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
27394 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
27396 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist) "tramp" "\
27401 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27408 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27409 ;;;;;; (17364 3828))
27410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27412 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27419 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-mark-tagged-files tumme-dired-comment-files
27420 ;;;;;; tumme-display-dired-image tumme-dired-display-external tumme-display-thumb
27421 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27422 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-tag-remove tumme-tag-files
27423 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27424 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17418
27426 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27428 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27429 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27433 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27434 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27436 Convenience command that:
27438 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27439 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27440 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27442 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27443 image files in dired and type
27444 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27446 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27448 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27449 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27451 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27453 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27454 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27455 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27456 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27457 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27460 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27461 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27462 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27464 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27465 instead of erasing it first.
27467 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND)" t nil)
27469 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27471 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27472 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27476 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-remove) "tumme" "\
27477 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27478 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27482 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27483 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27487 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27488 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27489 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27490 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27494 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27495 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27499 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27500 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27504 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27505 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27509 (autoload (quote tumme-display-dired-image) "tumme" "\
27510 Display current image file.
27511 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27512 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27516 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27517 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27521 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27522 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27523 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27524 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27525 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27526 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27527 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27533 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27534 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17383 15659))
27535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27536 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27537 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27538 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27540 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27541 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27542 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27543 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27544 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27545 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27546 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27548 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27550 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27551 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27552 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27553 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27555 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27559 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27560 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27561 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27562 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27563 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27564 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27565 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27567 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27568 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27570 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27573 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27575 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27581 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27582 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27583 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27584 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27585 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
27586 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27588 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27589 Toggle typing break mode.
27590 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27592 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27594 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27596 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27597 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27599 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27601 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27602 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27604 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27605 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27606 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27608 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27609 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27611 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27613 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27614 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27616 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27617 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27618 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27619 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27621 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27623 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27624 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27625 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27627 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27628 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27629 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27630 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27631 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27632 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27634 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27635 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27636 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27637 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27639 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27640 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27642 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27643 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27645 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27647 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27648 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27649 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27651 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27652 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27653 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27654 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27655 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27656 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27657 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27659 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27660 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27662 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27663 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27664 reset the keystroke counter.
27666 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27667 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27668 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27669 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27671 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27672 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27673 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27674 `type-break-schedule' command.
27676 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27677 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27678 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27679 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27680 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27681 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27682 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27683 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27684 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27686 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27687 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27688 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27689 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27690 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27692 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27693 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27694 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27695 approximate good values for this.
27697 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27698 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27700 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27701 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27702 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27703 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27704 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27705 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27707 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27708 a typing break occur. They include:
27710 `type-break-query-mode'
27711 `type-break-query-function'
27712 `type-break-query-interval'
27714 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27716 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27717 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27718 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27721 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27723 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
27724 Take a typing break.
27726 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27727 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27729 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27730 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27734 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
27735 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27736 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27737 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27741 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
27742 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
27744 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
27745 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
27746 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
27747 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
27748 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
27749 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
27750 average typing speed.)
27752 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
27753 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
27754 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
27755 the computed maximum threshold.
27757 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27758 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27759 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27760 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27761 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27763 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27767 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27768 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17383 15659))
27769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27771 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27772 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27773 Works by overstriking underscores.
27774 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27775 which specify the range to operate on.
27777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27779 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27780 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27781 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27782 which specify the range to operate on.
27784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27788 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27789 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17383 16812))
27790 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27792 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27793 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27794 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27798 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27799 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27800 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27801 following the containing message.
27807 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27808 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
27809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27811 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27812 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27813 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27814 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27815 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27816 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27820 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27821 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27823 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27827 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17403
27829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27831 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27832 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27833 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27834 of symbols with local bindings.
27836 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27840 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
27841 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17402 14976))
27842 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27844 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
27845 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
27846 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27848 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
27849 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
27850 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
27851 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
27852 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
27853 followed by CBARGS.
27855 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
27858 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
27860 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
27861 Retrieve URL synchronously.
27862 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
27863 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
27864 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27870 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27871 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17382 34555))
27872 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27874 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27875 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27876 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27878 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27879 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27880 `url-generic-parse-url'
27881 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27882 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27883 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27885 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27886 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27887 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27888 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27889 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27890 what type of auth to use
27891 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27892 if one cannot be found in the cache
27894 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27896 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27897 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27899 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27900 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27901 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27902 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27903 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27904 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27905 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27906 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27908 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27912 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27913 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
27915 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27917 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27918 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27920 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27922 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27923 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27925 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27927 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27928 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27930 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27932 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27933 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27935 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27939 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17382 34555))
27940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
27942 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
27945 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27949 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
27950 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17382 34555))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
27953 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
27956 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27958 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
27961 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27965 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17382
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
27969 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
27970 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
27972 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27976 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
27977 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17382 34555))
27978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
27980 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
27981 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
27985 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
27986 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
27987 Args per `open-network-stream'.
27988 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
27990 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27994 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27995 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17337
27997 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27999 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28000 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28001 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28003 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28005 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
28007 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28009 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28010 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28014 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28015 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28016 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28017 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28018 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28019 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28020 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28021 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28022 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28024 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28026 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28027 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28028 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28031 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28033 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28036 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28040 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28041 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17421 49420))
28042 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28044 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28045 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28046 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28047 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28048 CBARGS as the arguments.
28050 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28052 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28055 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28057 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28059 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28062 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28064 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28065 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28066 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28068 Property list members:
28071 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28075 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28079 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28082 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28085 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28086 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28087 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28090 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28094 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17448 18899))
28095 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28097 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28100 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28104 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17382
28106 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28108 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28109 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28110 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28111 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28112 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28114 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28118 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28119 ;;;;;; (17382 34555))
28120 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28122 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28125 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28127 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28128 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28130 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28134 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28135 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17382 34555))
28136 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28138 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28139 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28141 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28143 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28144 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28146 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28148 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28151 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28153 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28155 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28157 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28159 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28160 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28162 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28166 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28167 ;;;;;; (17358 30050))
28168 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28170 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28173 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28175 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28178 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28182 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28183 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28184 ;;;;;; (17382 34555))
28185 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28187 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28190 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28192 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28195 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28197 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28200 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28202 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28205 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28207 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28210 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28212 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28215 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28217 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28220 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28224 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28225 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17382 34555))
28226 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28228 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28229 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28231 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28233 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28234 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28236 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28238 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28242 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28243 ;;;;;; (17348 7449))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28246 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28247 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28253 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28254 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28255 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28256 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28257 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28258 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28259 ;;;;;; (17382 34555))
28260 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28262 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28263 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28264 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28266 If t, all messages will be logged.
28267 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28268 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28270 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28272 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28275 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28277 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28280 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28282 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28283 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28284 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28285 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28286 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28292 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28294 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28295 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28296 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28298 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28300 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28301 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28302 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28304 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28306 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28307 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28309 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28311 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28312 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28316 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28317 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28321 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28326 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28329 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28331 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28334 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28336 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28337 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28339 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28341 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28344 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28346 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28347 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28348 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28349 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28350 forbidden in URL encoding.
28352 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28354 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28355 Escape characters in a string.
28357 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28359 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28360 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28361 If optional variable X is t,
28362 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28364 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28366 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28367 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28368 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28370 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28372 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28373 View the current document's URL.
28374 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28377 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28379 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28383 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28384 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17383 24127))
28385 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28387 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28388 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28389 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28390 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28391 to refrain from editing the file
28392 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28393 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28394 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28395 in any way you like.
28397 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28399 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28400 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28401 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28402 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28403 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28405 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28406 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17245 4870))
28413 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28414 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28418 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28419 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28420 ;;;;;; (17382 1051))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28423 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28424 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28425 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28426 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28428 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28430 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28431 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28432 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28434 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28436 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28437 Uudecode region between START and END.
28438 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28440 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28444 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28445 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28446 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28447 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28448 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28449 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28450 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17384 53717))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28453 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28454 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28457 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28459 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28460 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28461 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28463 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28465 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28466 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28469 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28471 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28472 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28474 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28476 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28477 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28479 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28481 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28482 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28483 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28484 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28485 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28486 somebody else, signal error.
28488 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28490 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28491 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28492 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28493 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28494 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28496 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28498 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28499 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28500 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28501 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28502 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28503 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28504 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28505 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28506 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28507 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28508 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28509 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28511 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28513 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28514 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28516 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28517 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28519 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28520 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28521 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28522 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28523 lock steals will raise an error.
28525 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28527 For RCS and SCCS files:
28528 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28530 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28531 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28532 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28533 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28534 it performs a revert.
28535 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28536 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28537 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28538 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28539 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28540 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28541 the option to steal the lock.
28544 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28545 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28546 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28547 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28548 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28549 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28550 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28551 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28552 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28554 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28556 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28557 Register the current file into a version control system.
28558 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28559 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28561 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28562 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28563 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28564 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28565 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28566 first backend that could register the file is used.
28568 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28570 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28571 Display diffs between file versions.
28572 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28573 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28574 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28575 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28576 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28579 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28581 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28582 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28583 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28584 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28588 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28589 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28590 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28591 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28595 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28596 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28597 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28598 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28599 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28600 from the current branch.
28602 See Info node `Merging'.
28606 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28608 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28609 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28611 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28613 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28614 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28616 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28618 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28619 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28620 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28621 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28622 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28623 are checked out in that new branch.
28625 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28627 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28628 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28629 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28630 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28631 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28632 allowed and simply skipped).
28634 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28636 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28637 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28638 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28640 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28642 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28643 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28644 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28645 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28646 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28650 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28651 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28652 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28653 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28654 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28655 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28659 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28660 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28661 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28663 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28665 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28666 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28667 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28668 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28669 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
28670 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
28671 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
28673 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
28675 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
28676 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
28677 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
28678 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
28679 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
28680 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
28681 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
28682 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
28683 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
28685 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
28687 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
28688 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
28690 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
28692 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
28693 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
28694 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
28697 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
28699 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
28700 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
28701 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
28703 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
28704 log entries should be gathered.
28706 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28708 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
28709 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
28711 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
28712 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
28713 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
28714 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
28715 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
28716 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28718 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28719 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28720 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28721 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28722 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28723 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28724 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28725 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28727 Customization variables:
28729 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28730 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28731 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28732 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28734 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
28738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17383 24127))
28739 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28740 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28741 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28744 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17383 24127))
28749 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28750 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28751 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28752 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28754 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17383 24127))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28760 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28761 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28764 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28768 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28769 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28772 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28773 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28774 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28776 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28777 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28781 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28782 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
28783 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28785 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28786 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28787 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28789 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28790 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28792 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28793 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28794 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28795 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17386 47924))
28800 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28801 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28802 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28803 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28805 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28807 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28811 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28812 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28815 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28816 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28821 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28822 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28823 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28824 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28825 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28826 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28827 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28828 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28829 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28831 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28832 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28833 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28834 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28836 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28837 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28838 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28839 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28840 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28842 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28843 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28847 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28848 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28849 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28853 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28854 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28855 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28856 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28858 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28859 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28860 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28861 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28862 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28866 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28867 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28868 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28869 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28871 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28872 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28873 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28874 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28875 beginning with \"std\").
28877 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28878 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28879 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28884 `--' puts a single comment.
28885 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28886 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28887 with a comment in between.
28888 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28889 out following lines.
28890 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28891 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28893 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28894 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28895 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28896 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28897 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28900 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28901 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28902 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28903 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28904 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28905 multi-line comments.
28909 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28910 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28911 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28912 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28914 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28915 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28916 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28917 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28919 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28920 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28923 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28924 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28928 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28929 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28930 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28931 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28932 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28933 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28934 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28935 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28937 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28938 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28939 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28940 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
28941 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
28944 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
28945 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
28946 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
28948 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
28949 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
28953 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
28954 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
28955 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
28956 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
28957 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
28958 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
28961 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
28962 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
28963 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
28964 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
28967 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
28971 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
28972 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
28973 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
28974 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
28975 internal signal initializations (menu).
28977 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28978 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28979 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28981 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28982 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28983 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28984 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28985 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28986 in subsequent paste operations.)
28988 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28989 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28990 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28993 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28994 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28995 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28996 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28997 association list with formals).
29000 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29001 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29002 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29003 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29004 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29005 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29006 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29007 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29012 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29016 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29020 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29021 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29022 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29024 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29025 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29028 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29029 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29030 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29031 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29033 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29034 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29035 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29037 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29038 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29039 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29040 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29042 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29043 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29044 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29045 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29046 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29048 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29049 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29050 required by secondary units.
29053 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29054 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29055 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29056 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29057 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29058 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29059 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29060 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29061 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29062 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29063 inputs to this component -> input port created
29064 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29065 outputs from this component -> output port created
29066 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29067 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29069 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29070 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29071 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29072 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29073 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29075 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29076 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29078 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29079 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29080 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29081 component instantiation is also supported (option
29082 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29084 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29085 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29086 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29087 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29088 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29089 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29090 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29091 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29092 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29093 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29094 | generating the configuration.
29096 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29097 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29098 | configurations in speedbar.
29100 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29103 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29104 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29105 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29106 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29107 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29108 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29109 information. New compilers can be added.
29111 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29112 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29115 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29116 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29117 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29118 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29119 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29121 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29124 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29125 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29126 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29128 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29129 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29130 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29131 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29132 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29133 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29134 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29137 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29138 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29139 not (yet) supported.
29140 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29141 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29142 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29146 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29147 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29148 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29149 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29150 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29151 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29152 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29153 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29155 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29156 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29157 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29158 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29159 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29160 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29161 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29162 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29163 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29164 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29165 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29169 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29170 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29171 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29172 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29173 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29174 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29175 current directory for VHDL source files.
29179 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29180 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29184 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29185 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29186 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29187 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29188 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29189 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29190 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29191 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29194 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29195 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29196 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29197 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29198 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29199 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29200 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29202 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29203 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29204 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29205 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29206 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29207 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29209 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29210 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29211 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29212 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29213 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29216 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29217 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29218 highlighted if written in lower case.
29220 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29221 highlighted using a different background color if option
29222 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29224 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29225 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29226 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29227 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29228 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29232 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29233 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29234 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29238 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29239 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29240 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29241 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29242 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29246 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29247 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29249 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29250 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29251 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29252 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29253 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29254 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29255 (used to obtain the port names).
29259 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29260 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29264 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29265 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29266 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29267 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29268 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29269 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29270 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29275 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29276 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29277 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29278 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29279 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29281 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29282 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29283 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29284 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29285 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29288 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29289 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29293 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29294 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29295 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29297 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29301 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29302 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29304 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29306 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29308 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29312 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29318 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29319 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29321 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29323 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29324 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29325 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29326 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29328 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29329 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29330 where the latest version can be found.
29336 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29337 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29338 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29341 The VHDL Mode Authors
29342 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29353 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17102 18541))
29354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29356 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29357 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29358 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29359 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29361 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29362 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29363 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29364 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29365 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29367 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29368 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29370 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29372 * Limitations and unsupported features
29373 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29375 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29376 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29379 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29380 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29381 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29382 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29383 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29384 for undoing a repeated change command.
29385 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29386 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29387 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29390 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29391 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29392 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29393 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29394 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29395 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29396 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29397 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29399 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29405 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29406 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29407 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29408 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17102 18783))
29409 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29411 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29412 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29414 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29416 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29417 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29418 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29419 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29421 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29423 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29424 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29428 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29429 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29430 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29431 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29433 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29435 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29436 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29440 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29443 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29445 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29448 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29452 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29453 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29454 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17383
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29458 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29459 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29460 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29461 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29463 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29465 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29466 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29467 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29468 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29469 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29470 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29471 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29473 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29477 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29478 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29479 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29480 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29481 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29482 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29483 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29484 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29486 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29490 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29491 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29492 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29493 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29494 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29495 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29496 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29497 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29499 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29503 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29504 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29505 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29506 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29507 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29508 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29509 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29511 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29513 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29514 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29515 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29517 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29519 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29520 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29521 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29522 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29523 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29524 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29525 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29526 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29528 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29530 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29531 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29532 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29534 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29536 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29537 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29538 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29539 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29540 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29541 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29542 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29543 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29545 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29547 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29548 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29549 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29551 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29553 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29554 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29555 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29557 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29558 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29559 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29562 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29563 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29564 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29565 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29566 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29568 H, h, ? This message.
29569 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29570 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29571 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29572 > move to the end of buffer.
29573 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29574 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29575 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29576 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29577 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29578 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29579 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29580 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29581 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29582 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29583 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29584 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29585 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29586 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29587 Use this to view a changing file.
29588 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29589 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29590 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29592 x exchanges point and mark.
29593 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29594 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29595 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29596 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29597 ' go to position saved in character register.
29598 s do forward incremental search.
29599 r do reverse incremental search.
29600 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29601 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29602 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29603 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29604 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29605 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29606 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29607 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29608 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29609 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29610 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29611 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29612 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29613 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29614 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29615 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29616 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29618 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29619 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29620 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29621 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29622 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29623 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29624 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29625 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29626 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29628 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29632 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29633 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29634 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29635 `view-return-to-alist'.
29636 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29637 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29638 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29640 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29641 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29642 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29643 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29644 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29646 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29647 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29648 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29649 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29651 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29653 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29655 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29657 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29658 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29664 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17383
29666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29668 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29669 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
29673 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
29674 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
29680 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29681 ;;;;;; (17399 58140))
29682 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
29684 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
29685 Toggle Viper on/off.
29686 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
29690 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
29691 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
29697 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
29698 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
29699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
29701 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
29702 Function to generate warning prefixes.
29703 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
29704 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
29705 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
29706 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
29707 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
29708 the beginning of the warning.")
29710 (defvar warning-series nil "\
29711 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
29712 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
29713 which is the start of the current series; it means that
29714 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
29715 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
29716 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
29717 also call that function before the next warning.")
29719 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29720 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29722 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29723 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29724 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29725 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29727 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29728 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29729 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29730 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29731 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29732 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29734 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29735 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29737 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29738 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29739 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29740 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29741 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29742 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29744 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29745 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29747 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29749 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29750 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29752 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29754 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29755 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29756 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29757 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29759 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29760 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29761 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29762 can be whatever you like.)
29764 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29765 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29767 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29768 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29769 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29770 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29771 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29773 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29775 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29776 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29777 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29778 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29779 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29781 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29785 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29786 ;;;;;; (17418 2369))
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29789 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29790 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29791 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29792 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29793 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29802 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17383 13297))
29803 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29805 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29806 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29808 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29811 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29818 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29819 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
29820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29821 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29822 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29824 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29826 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29827 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29828 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29830 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29832 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29834 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29836 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29837 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29838 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29839 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29841 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29848 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29849 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29850 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29851 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29852 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29853 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
29854 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29856 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29857 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29861 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29862 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29866 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29867 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29871 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29872 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29876 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29877 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29881 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29882 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29884 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29885 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29886 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29887 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29888 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29890 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29892 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29893 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29895 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29897 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29898 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29902 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29903 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29904 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29908 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29909 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29913 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29915 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29916 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29917 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29919 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29921 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29923 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29925 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29926 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29927 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29929 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29930 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29934 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29935 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29936 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29942 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
29943 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17383 24127))
29944 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
29946 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
29947 Browse the widget under point.
29951 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
29952 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
29954 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
29956 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
29957 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
29959 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
29961 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
29962 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
29963 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29969 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
29970 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17396
29972 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
29974 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
29975 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29977 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29979 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29980 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29981 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29983 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29985 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29986 Create widget of TYPE.
29987 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29989 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29991 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29994 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29996 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29997 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29999 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30001 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30003 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30004 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30005 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30007 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30008 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30014 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30015 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17383
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30019 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30020 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30021 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30022 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30023 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30024 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30025 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30029 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30030 Select the window above the current one.
30031 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30032 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30033 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30034 negative ARG) of the current window.
30035 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30039 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30040 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30041 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30042 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30043 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30044 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30045 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30049 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30050 Select the window below the current one.
30051 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30052 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30053 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30054 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30055 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30059 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30060 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30061 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30062 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30064 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30068 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30069 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
30070 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30072 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30073 Toggle Winner mode.
30074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30075 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30077 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30079 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30080 Toggle Winner mode.
30081 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30087 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30088 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17383 24127))
30089 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30091 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30092 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30093 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30094 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30095 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30096 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30097 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30098 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30100 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30101 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30103 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30105 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30106 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30110 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30111 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30112 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30113 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30114 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30115 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30116 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30117 `woman' command for further details.
30119 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30123 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30124 ;;;;;; (17383 13537))
30125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30127 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30128 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30131 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30132 are not implemented
30133 - Options for search and replace
30134 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30135 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30137 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30140 The key bindings are:
30150 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30152 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30153 C-l ws-repeat-search
30156 C-r scroll-down-line
30163 C-y kill-complete-line
30166 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30167 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30168 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30169 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30170 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30171 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30172 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30173 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30174 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30175 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30176 C-k b ws-begin-block
30177 C-k c ws-copy-block
30178 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30180 C-k h ws-show-markers
30181 C-k i ws-indent-block
30183 C-k p ws-print-block
30186 C-k s save-some-buffers
30188 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30189 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30190 C-k v ws-move-block
30191 C-k w ws-write-block
30193 C-k y ws-delete-block
30195 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30196 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30197 C-o j justify-current-line
30200 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30201 C-o r set-fill-column
30202 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30203 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30204 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30205 C-o wo other-window
30206 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30208 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30209 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30210 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30211 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30212 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30213 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30214 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30215 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30216 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30217 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30218 C-q a ws-query-replace
30219 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30220 C-q c end-of-buffer
30223 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30225 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30226 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30227 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30228 C-q w ws-last-error
30230 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30236 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30237 ;;;;;; (17383 24128))
30238 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30240 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30241 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30242 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30243 Returns the top node with all its children.
30244 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30245 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30247 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30249 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30250 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30251 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30252 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30253 is not well-formed XML.
30254 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30255 and returned as the first element of the list.
30256 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30258 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30262 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17383
30264 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30266 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30267 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30268 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30270 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30272 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30274 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30276 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30277 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30278 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30280 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30281 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30282 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30283 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30284 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30285 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30291 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30292 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17382 1051))
30293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30295 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30296 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30298 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30300 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30301 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30307 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30308 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17382 1892))
30309 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30311 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30312 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30314 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30316 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30317 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30319 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30321 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30322 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30323 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30325 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30327 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30328 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30334 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17382 1892))
30335 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30337 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30338 Zone out, completely.
30344 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30345 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17383 13297))
30346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30348 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30349 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30353 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30354 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30356 Zone-mode does two things:
30358 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30359 when saving the file
30367 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
30368 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
30369 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
30370 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
30371 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
30372 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
30373 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
30374 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
30375 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
30376 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
30377 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
30378 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
30379 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
30380 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
30381 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
30382 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30383 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30384 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30385 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30386 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
30387 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30388 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30389 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30390 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30391 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30392 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30393 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
30394 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
30395 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
30396 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
30397 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
30398 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
30399 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
30400 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
30401 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
30402 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
30403 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
30404 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
30405 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30406 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30407 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30408 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30409 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30410 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30411 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30412 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
30413 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
30414 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el"
30415 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el"
30416 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30417 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30418 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30419 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
30420 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
30421 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
30422 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
30423 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
30424 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
30425 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30426 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30427 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30428 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30429 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30430 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30431 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30432 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30433 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30434 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30435 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30436 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30437 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30438 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30439 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30440 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30441 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30442 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30443 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30444 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30445 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30446 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30447 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30448 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30449 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30450 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30451 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30452 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30453 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30454 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30455 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30456 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30457 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30458 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30459 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30460 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30461 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30462 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30463 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30464 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30465 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
30466 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30467 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30468 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30469 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30470 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30471 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30472 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30473 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30474 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30475 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30476 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30477 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30478 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30479 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30480 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30481 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30482 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30483 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30484 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
30485 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
30486 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
30487 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
30488 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
30489 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
30490 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
30491 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
30492 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
30493 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el"
30494 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
30495 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
30496 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
30497 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30498 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30499 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30500 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30501 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30502 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
30503 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
30504 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
30505 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
30506 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30507 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30508 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30509 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30510 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30511 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30512 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30513 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30514 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17448 19160 944703))
30518 ;;; Local Variables:
30519 ;;; version-control: never
30520 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
30521 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
30523 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here